Brakes Control

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 277

BRAKES

SECTION
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
BRC B

E
CONTENTS
WITHOUT ABS PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 23 BRC
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ...................... 6 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" .................................................................23 G
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION ............................ 6 Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota-
Information ................................................................ 6 tion After Battery Disconnection ..............................23
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover....24
WIRING DIAGRAM ....................................... 7 H
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service ...............24
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM .............................. 7 Precaution for Brake System ...................................24
Application Notice ..................................................... 7 Precaution for Brake Control System ......................24
Precaution for Harness Repair ................................25 I
TYPE A ........................................................................ 7
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram .......................................... 8 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 26
J
TYPE B ...................................................................... 11 COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 26
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram ........................................ 12 Component Parts Location ......................................26
Component Description ...........................................27
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 16 ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) .........27 K
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor .............................28
STOP LAMP SWITCH ........................................16 Stop Lamp Switch ....................................................28
Component Function Check .................................... 16
L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 16 SYSTEM ............................................................ 29
Component Inspection ............................................ 17 System Description ..................................................29
Fail-safe ...................................................................33
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH ........................18 M
Component Function Check .................................... 18 ABS FUNCTION ........................................................35
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 18 ABS FUNCTION : System Description ....................35
Component Inspection ............................................ 19 N
EBD FUNCTION ........................................................36
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ..............................20 EBD FUNCTION : System Description ....................36
Component Function Check .................................... 20
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 20 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR O
Component Inspection ............................................ 20 AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)] ....... 38
WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS) CONSULT Function .................................................38

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 41 P


HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ..................... 22
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION ...........................22 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
Information .............................................................. 22 (CONTROL UNIT) ............................................. 41
Reference Value ......................................................41
PRECAUTION .............................................. 23 Fail-safe ...................................................................42
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................44

BRC-1
DTC Index .............................................................. 44 C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM .............. 87
DTC Logic ............................................................... 87
WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 46 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 87
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 46 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 89
Application Notice ................................................... 46 Description .............................................................. 89
DTC Logic ............................................................... 89
TYPE A ...................................................................... 46
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 89
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram ....................................... 47

TYPE B ...................................................................... 50 U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN) ......................... 90


TYPE B : Wiring Diagram ....................................... 51 Description .............................................................. 90
DTC Logic ............................................................... 90
TYPE C ...................................................................... 54 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 90
TYPE C : Wiring Diagram ....................................... 55
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 92
TYPE D ...................................................................... 58 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 92
TYPE D : Wiring Diagram ....................................... 58
STOP LAMP SWITCH ....................................... 95
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 60 Component Function Check ................................... 95
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 60 Component Inspection ............................................ 97
Work Flow ............................................................... 60
Diagnostic Work Sheet ........................................... 61 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH .............................. 98
Component Function Check ................................... 98
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 63 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 98
Component Inspection ............................................ 98
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SEN-
SOR .................................................................... 63 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH ...................... 100
DTC Logic ............................................................... 63 Component Function Check ................................. 100
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 63 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 100
Component Inspection .......................................... 101
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SEN-
SOR .................................................................... 66 ABS WARNING LAMP ..................................... 102
DTC Logic ............................................................... 66 Component Function Check ................................. 102
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 67 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 102

C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM ......... 72 BRAKE WARNING LAMP ................................ 103
DTC Logic ............................................................... 72 Component Function Check ................................. 103
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 72 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 103

C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 104


UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) .................................... 74
DTC Logic ............................................................... 74 EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY ........ 104
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 74 Description ............................................................ 104
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 104
C1111 PUMP MOTOR ....................................... 75
DTC Logic ............................................................... 75 UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION .. 105
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 75 Description ............................................................ 105
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR ................................... 77
DTC Logic ............................................................... 77 THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG .............. 107
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 77 Description ............................................................ 107
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 107
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE
SYSTEM ............................................................. 83 DOES NOT OPERATE ..................................... 108
DTC Logic ............................................................... 83 Description ............................................................ 108
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 83 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 108

C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERA-
VALVE SYSTEM ................................................ 85 TION SOUND OCCURS ................................... 109
DTC Logic ............................................................... 85 Description ............................................................ 109
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 85 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109

BRC-2
VEHICLE JERKS DURING .............................. 110 FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Brake Control Sys-
Description ............................................................ 110 tem ......................................................................... 124 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 110 FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Harness Repair .. 125

ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARN- EXCEPT FOR EUROPE .......................................... 125
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supple- B
ING LAMP TURN ON ....................................... 111
Description ............................................................ 111 mental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 111 "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .......................... 125
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precautions Necessary C
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 112 for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Discon-
Description ............................................................ 112 nection ................................................................... 126
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Proce- D
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 113 dure without Cowl Top Cover ................................ 126
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Brake
WHEEL SENSOR ............................................. 113 System ................................................................... 127
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Brake E
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ....................................... 113
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ......... 113 Control System ...................................................... 127
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Instal- EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Harness
lation ...................................................................... 113 Repair .................................................................... 128 BRC

REAR WHEEL SENSOR ......................................... 114 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 129


REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ........... 114 G
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installa- COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 129
tion ........................................................................ 115 Component Parts Location .................................... 129
Component Description ......................................... 132
SENSOR ROTOR ............................................. 117 ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) ....... 132 H
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor ........................... 133
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR ....................................... 117 Stop Lamp Switch .................................................. 133
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Instal- Steering Angle Sensor ........................................... 133 I
lation ...................................................................... 117 VDC (ESP) OFF Switch ......................................... 133
Brake Fluid Level Switch ....................................... 134
REAR SENSOR ROTOR ......................................... 117
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installa- Parking Brake Switch ............................................ 134
J
tion ........................................................................ 117 Vacuum Sensor ..................................................... 134

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT SYSTEM .......................................................... 135


System Description ................................................ 135 K
(CONTROL UNIT) ............................................ 118
Fail-safe ................................................................. 146
Exploded View ...................................................... 118
Removal and Installation ....................................... 119 VDC (ESP) FUNCTION ............................................ 149
WITH VDC (ESP) VDC (ESP) FUNCTION : System Description ....... 149 L

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 121 TCS FUNCTION ....................................................... 151
TCS FUNCTION : System Description .................. 152
M
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION ......................... 121
Information ............................................................ 121 ABS FUNCTION ...................................................... 153
ABS FUNCTION : System Description .................. 153
PRECAUTION ............................................ 122 N
EBD FUNCTION ...................................................... 154
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 122 EBD FUNCTION : System Description .................. 154

FOR EUROPE ......................................................... 122 BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) O


FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Re- FUNCTION ............................................................... 156
straint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD)
PRE-TENSIONER" ............................................... 122 FUNCTION : System Description .......................... 156 P
FOR EUROPE : Precautions Necessary for Steer-
ing Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection .. 122
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Procedure without AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)] ..... 158
Cowl Top Cover .................................................... 123 CONSULT Function ............................................... 158
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Stop/Start System
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 163
Service .................................................................. 123
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Brake System ...... 123

BRC-3
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT C1115 WHEEL SENSOR ................................. 201
(CONTROL UNIT) ............................................ 163 DTC Logic ............................................................. 201
Reference Value ....................................................163 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 201
Fail-safe .................................................................165
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................168 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH .......................... 207
DTC Index .............................................................169 DTC Logic ............................................................. 207
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 207
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 171 Component Inspection .......................................... 210

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 171 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE
Application Notice ..................................................171 SYSTEM ........................................................... 212
DTC Logic ............................................................. 212
TYPE B .....................................................................171 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 212
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram ......................................172
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT
TYPE C .....................................................................175 VALVE SYSTEM .............................................. 215
TYPE C : Wiring Diagram ......................................176
DTC Logic ............................................................. 215
TYPE D .....................................................................179 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 215
TYPE D : Wiring Diagram ......................................179
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL .................................. 218
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 181 DTC Logic ............................................................. 218
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 181
Work Flow ..............................................................181 C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM ............. 219
Diagnostic Work Sheet ..........................................182 DTC Logic ............................................................. 219
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 219
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT C1142 PRESS SENSOR .................................. 222
DTC Logic ............................................................. 222
(CONTROL UNIT) ............................................ 184
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 222
Description .............................................................184
C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 225
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SEN-
DTC Logic ............................................................. 225
SOR NEUTRAL POSITION ............................. 185 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 225
Description .............................................................185
Work Procedure .....................................................185 C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR ADJUSTMENT ................................. 228
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 187 DTC Logic ............................................................. 228
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SEN- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 228
SOR .................................................................. 187 C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR.. 229
DTC Logic ..............................................................187 DTC Logic ............................................................. 229
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................187 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 229
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SEN- C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH .......... 230
SOR .................................................................. 190 DTC Logic ............................................................. 230
DTC Logic ..............................................................190 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 230
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................191 Component Inspection .......................................... 232
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM ....... 196 C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM ............................. 233
DTC Logic ..............................................................196 DTC Logic ............................................................. 233
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................196 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 233
C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM ............................. 236
ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) ............... 198 DTC Logic ............................................................. 236
DTC Logic ..............................................................198 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 236
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................198
C1197 VACUUM SENSOR ............................... 239
C1111 PUMP MOTOR ..................................... 199 DTC Logic ............................................................. 239
DTC Logic ..............................................................199 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 239
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................199
C1198 VACUUM SENSOR ............................... 241

BRC-4
DTC Logic ............................................................. 241 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 262
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 241 A
DOES NOT OPERATE .................................... 263
C119A VACUUM SENSOR .............................. 243 Description ............................................................. 263
DTC Logic ............................................................. 243 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 263
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 243 B
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERA-
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 245 TION SOUND OCCURS .................................. 264
Description ............................................................ 245 Description ............................................................. 264 C
DTC Logic ............................................................. 245 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 264
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245
VEHICLE JERKS DURING ............................. 265
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN) ........................ 246 Description ............................................................. 265 D
Description ............................................................ 246 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 265
DTC Logic ............................................................. 246
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246 ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARN- E
ING LAMP TURN ON ...................................... 266
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 248 Description ............................................................. 266
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 266
BRC
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ............................ 251 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 267
Component Function Check .................................. 251 Description ............................................................. 267
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 251 G
Component Inspection .......................................... 251 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 268
VDC (ESP) OFF SWITCH ................................ 253 WHEEL SENSOR ............................................ 268
Component Function Check .................................. 253 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 253 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ....................................... 268
Component Inspection .......................................... 254 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ......... 268
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Instal- I
ABS WARNING LAMP ..................................... 255 lation ...................................................................... 268
Component Function Check .................................. 255
REAR WHEEL SENSOR ......................................... 269
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 255
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ............ 269 J
BRAKE WARNING LAMP ............................... 256 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installa-
Component Function Check .................................. 256 tion ......................................................................... 270
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 256 K
SENSOR ROTOR ............................................ 272
VDC (ESP) WARNING LAMP .......................... 257
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR ....................................... 272
Component Function Check .................................. 257
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Instal- L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 257
lation ...................................................................... 272
VDC (ESP) OFF INDICATOR LAMP ............... 258 REAR SENSOR ROTOR ......................................... 272
Component Function Check .................................. 258 M
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installa-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 258 tion ......................................................................... 272
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 259 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT N
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY ........ 259 (CONTROL UNIT) ........................................... 273
Description ............................................................ 259 Exploded View ....................................................... 273
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 259 Removal and Installation ....................................... 274
O
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION .. 260 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ......................... 276
Description ............................................................ 260 Removal and Installation ....................................... 276
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 260 P
VDC (ESP) OFF SWITCH ............................... 277
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG .............. 262 Removal and Installation ....................................... 277
Description ............................................................ 262

BRC-5
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [WITHOUT ABS]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
Information INFOID:0000000006823282

Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.

Service information Destination


TYPE 1 China production models
TYPE 2 India production models (LHD)
TYPE 3 India production models (RHD)
TYPE 4 Thailand production models
Refer to GI-26, "Information About Identification or Model Code" to identify a production plant.

BRC-6
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Application Notice INFOID:0000000006891631
B

Wiring diagram type Destination


C
• Models for Thailand
• Models for general area from Thailand plant*
TYPE A
• Models for China
• Models for India (HR12DE engine models): Vehicle production: From May 2010 to April 2011 D
• Models for Australia
• Models for New Zealand
• Models for Hong Kong E
TYPE B
• Models for India (K9K engine models): Vehicle production: From October 2010 to April 2011
• Models for Europe (Without Stop / Start System) : Vehicle production: From July 2010 to June 2011
• Models for general area from India plant*
*: Refer to GI-26, "Information About Identification or Model Code" to identify a production plant. BRC
TYPE A
G

BRC-7
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006034867

JCFWM0641GB

BRC-8
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

BRC

JCFWM0642GB

BRC-9
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

JCFWM0643GB

BRC-10
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

BRC

JCFWM0644GB

TYPE B P

BRC-11
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006891632

JCFWM0711GB

BRC-12
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

BRC

JCFWM0712GB

BRC-13
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

JCFWM0713GB

BRC-14
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT ABS]

BRC

JCFWM0714GB

BRC-15
STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006269041

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION


Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON, or release brake pedal and check stop lamp turns
OFF.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-16, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006269042

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check stop lamp clearance.
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance.
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-17, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch.
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-113, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-171, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp switch


— Voltage
Connector Terminal

E114*1
1 Ground Approx. 0 V
E115*2
*1: With M/T
*2: Except for M/T
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp switch


— Voltage
Connector Terminal

E114*1
1 Ground Battery voltage
E115*2
*1: With M/T
*2: Except for M/T
BRC-16
STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. A
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
B
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10 A fuse (#38).
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness and 10 A fuse (#38).
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE A: Refer to PG-16, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -". D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK TERMINAL E
Check stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check stop lamp system. BRC
• TYPE A: Refer to EXL-40, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram".
• TYPE B: Refer to EXL-56, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006269043

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH H


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity when stop lamp switch is operated. I

Stop lamp switch


Condition Continuity J
Terminal
When stop lamp switch is released
Existed
(When brake pedal is depressed)
1−2 K
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-113, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-171, "Removal and Installation". M

BRC-17
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006037678

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH OPERATION


When the brake fluid is full or empty. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns
ON/OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-18, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006034868

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL


Check the brake fluid level.
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-104, "Inspection".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-162, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill the brake fluid.
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-104, "Refilling".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-162, "Refilling".
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

Brake fluid level switch Combination meter


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 1 M34 36 Existed
2. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E37 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Check brake fluid level switch. Refer to BRC-19, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.

BRC-18
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
NO >> Replace reservoir tank.
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-129, "Disassembly and Assembly". A
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-185, "Disassembly and Assembly".
5.CHECK TERMINALS AND HARNESS CONNECTORS
B
1. Check brake fluid level switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
2. Check combination meter pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> Check the combination meter. Refer to MWI-55, "Reference Value".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006034869
D

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector.
BRC
Brake fluid level switch
Condition Continuity
Terminal
When brake fluid is full in the reservoir tank. Not existed G
1−2
When brake fluid is empty in the reservoir tank. Existed
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace reservoir tank.
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-129, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-185, "Disassembly and Assembly". I

BRC-19
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006037679

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OPERATION


Operate the parking brake lever. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns ON/
OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-20, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006034870

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

Parking brake switch Combination meter


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M11 1 M34 37 Existed
5. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and ground.

Parking brake switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M11 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-20, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-3, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-49, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-155, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006034871

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Remove parking brake switch. Refer to PB-3, "Removal and Installation".
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector.

BRC-20
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT ABS]

Parking brake switch Condition Continuity A



Terminal When the parking brake switch is operated. Existed
1 Ground When the parking brake switch is not operated. Not existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-3, "Removal and Installation". C

BRC

BRC-21
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
Information INFOID:0000000006444529

• In this manual, “Idling Stop System” is referred to as “Stop / Start System”.


• Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.

Service information Destination


TYPE 1 China production models
TYPE 2 India production models (LHD)
TYPE 3 India production models (RHD)
TYPE 4 Thailand production models
Refer to GI-26, "Information About Identification or Model Code" to identify a production plant.

BRC-22
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006882436

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
BRC
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors. G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: H
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection
INFOID:0000000006404269

K
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables. L
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing M
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro- N
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
O
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position. P
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.

BRC-23
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006404270

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

Precaution for Stop/Start System Service INFOID:0000000007385348

CAUTION:
When performing an inspection and its related work with the engine at idle, always open the hood and
release the stop/start system.
Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000006267858

WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
• Brake fluid use refer to MA-29, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
• Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface.
• Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.
• After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, check each
item of brake pedal. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value.
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation.
• Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench.
• Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a flare
nut torque wrench (A).
• Always connect the battery terminal when moving the vehicle.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) harness connector or the battery negative
terminal before performing the work.
• Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the
parts.

JPFIA0061ZZ

Precaution for Brake Control System INFOID:0000000006267859

• Always perform a pre-driving check to drive the vehicle.


• Always check speed and safety while driving the vehicle.
• To operate CONSULT while driving, more than one person is required to be in the vehicle to avoid interfer-
ence to driving and ensure safety.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when ABS function or EBD func-
tion operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by ABS function or EBD function that is nor-
mally operated.

BRC-24
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
• When starting engine or when starting vehicle just after starting engine, brake pedal may vibrate or motor
operating noise may be heard from engine compartment. This is normal condition. A
• Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending on the road con-
ditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road.
• When a malfunction is indicated, always collect information from the customer about conditions of occur-
B
rence, estimate cause and perform operation. Check brake booster operation, brake fluid level and brake
fluid leakage, as well as electrical system.
• The optimum performance is achieved by control for ABS function or EBD function when all of brakes, sus-
pensions and tires installed on the vehicle are the specified size and parts. Brake performance and control- C
lability may be negatively affected when other parts than the specified are installed.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer and steering stability may be negatively affected, when tires in
different size and combination or other parts than the specified are used. D
• When a radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead line are located near ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit), a malfunction or improper operation may occur for the control of ABS function or EBD
function.
• When the following items are replaced by other parts than genuine parts or modified, ABS warning lamp and E
brake warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally for ABS function or EBD func-
tion.
- Suspension component parts (shock absorber, spring, bushing and others) BRC
- Tire and wheel (other than the specified size)
- Brake component parts (brake pad, disc rotor, brake caliper and others)
- Engine component parts (ECM, muffler and others)
- Body reinforcement component parts (rollover bar, tower bar and others) G
• When suspension, tire and brake component parts are excessively worn or deteriorated and the vehicle is
driven, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally
for ABS function or EBD function. H
• ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON, when only front wheel or rear wheel is rotated
using a free roller. This is not a malfunction, because it is caused by wheel speed difference between wheel
that is rotated and wheel that is not rotated. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self-diagnosis results,
and erase memory. I
• When power supply voltage is not normal, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn ON. ABS actua-
tor and electric unit (control unit) stops control for ABS function or EBD function. Ordinary brake operates.
After power supply returns to normal, ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn OFF. The control J
becomes operative for ABS function or EBD function.
Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000007222469

K
• Solder the repair part, and wrap it with tape. [Twisted wire fray
must be 110 mm (4.33 in) or less.]
L

N
SKIB8766E

• Never bypass the repair point with wire. (If it is bypassed, the turn- O
out point cannot be separated and the twisted wire characteristics
are lost.)
P

SKIB8767E

BRC-25
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006267861

LHD

JPFIC0215ZZ

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. Front wheel sensor 3. Stop lamp switch
trol unit)
4. Rear wheel sensor
A. Inside engine room B. Steering knuckle C. Brake pedal
D. ABS warning lamp, brake warning E. Back plate of rear drum brake
lamp (in combination meter)

RHD

BRC-26
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

BRC

JPFIC0206ZZ
K

1. Stop lamp switch 2. Front wheel sensor 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
trol unit) L
4. Rear wheel sensor
A. ABS warning lamp, brake warning B. Brake pedal C. Steering knuckle
lamp (in combination meter)
M
D. Inside engine room E. Back plate of rear drum brake

Component Description INFOID:0000000006267862


N

Component Reference/Function
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-27, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)" O
Wheel sensor BRC-28, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Stop lamp switch BRC-28, "Stop Lamp Switch"
P
ABS warning lamp
BRC-29, "System Description"
Brake warning lamp

ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) INFOID:0000000006267863

Electric unit (control unit) is integrated with actuator and comprehensively controls ABS function and EBD
function.

BRC-27
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
• Brake fluid pressure are controlled according to signals from each sensor.
• If malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode.
ACTUATOR
The following components are integrated with ABS actuator.
Pump
Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor
Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Motor Relay
Operates the motor ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Actuator Relay (Main Relay)
Operates each valve ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
ABS IN Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
ABS OUT Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
Return Check Valve
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice of each
valve when brake is released.
Reservoir
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreases when
decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder.
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor INFOID:0000000006267864

NOTE:
• Wheel sensor of front wheel is installed on steering knuckle.
• Sensor rotor of front wheel is integrated in wheel hub assembly.
• Wheel sensor of rear wheel is installed on back plate of rear brake.
• Sensor rotor of rear wheel is installed on rear brake drum.
• Never measure resistance and voltage value using a tester because sensor is active sensor.
• Downsize and weight reduction is aimed. IC for detection portion
and magnet for sensor rotor are adopted.
• Power supply is supplied to detection portion so that magnetic field
line is read. Magnetic field that is detected is converted to current
signal.
• When sensor rotor rotates, magnetic field changes. Magnetic field
change is converted to current signals (rectangular wave) and is
transmitted to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Change
of magnetic field is proportional to wheel speed.

JPFIC0131GB

Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000006267865

Detects the operation status of brake pedal and transmits converted electric signal to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).

BRC-28
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
SYSTEM
A
System Description INFOID:0000000006267871

• The system switches fluid pressure of each brake caliper and each wheel cylinder to increase, to hold or to B
decrease according to signals from control unit in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). This control
system is applied to ABS function and EBD function.
• Fail-safe function is available for each function and is activated by each function when system malfunction
occurs. C

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D

BRC

JPFIC0210GB K
INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL
Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
L
Component Signal description
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication. M
Combination meter
• ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal

VALVE OPERATION N
The control unit built in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls fluid pressure of the brake cal-
ipers and the wheel cylinders, respectively, by operating each valve.
When Brake Pedal is Applied or ABS is in Operation (During Pressure Increases) O

BRC-29
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

JPFIC0211GB

Name Not activated When depressing brake pedal


ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each caliper and each wheel cylinder (fluid
— Pressure increases
pressure)

Front RH caliper
• Motor is activated. Brake fluid from pump is supplied to front RH caliper through ABS IN valve.
Front LH caliper
• Motor is activated. Brake fluid from pump is supplied to front LH caliper through ABS IN valve.
Rear RH wheel cylinder
• Motor is activated. Brake fluid from pump is supplied to rear RH wheel cylinder through ABS IN valve.
Rear LH wheel cylinder
• Motor is activated. Brake fluid from pump is supplied to rear LH wheel cylinder through ABS IN valve.
When ABS is Starts Operating (During Pressure Holds)

BRC-30
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

BRC

I
JPFIC0212GB

Name Not activated When Pressure Increases


J
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each caliper and each wheel cylinder (fluid K
— Pressure holds
pressure)

Front RH caliper
• ABS IN valve and ABS OUT valve is close, fluid pressure of front RH caliper is holds. L

Front LH caliper
• ABS IN valve and ABS OUT valve is close, fluid pressure of front LH caliper is holds.
M
Rear RH wheel cylinder
• ABS IN valve and ABS OUT valve is close and fluid pressure of rear RH wheel cylinder is holds.
N
Rear LH wheel cylinder
• ABS IN valve and ABS OUT valve is close and fluid pressure of rear LH wheel cylinder is holds.
ABS is in Operation (During Pressure Decreases)
O

BRC-31
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

JPFIC0213GB

Name Not activated When pressure decreases


ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
Each caliper and each wheel cylinder (fluid
— Pressure decreases
pressure)

Front RH caliper
• Being supplied to reservoir through ABS OUT valve, the fluid pressure of front RH caliper is decreased.
Front LH caliper
• Being returned to reservoir through ABS OUT valve, the fluid pressure of front LH caliper is decreased.
Rear RH wheel cylinder
• Being returned to reservoir through ABS OUT valve, the fluid pressure of rear RH wheel cylinder is
decreased.
Rear LH wheel cylinder
• Being returned to reservoir through ABS OUT valve, the fluid pressure of rear LH wheel cylinder is
decreased.
Component Parts and Function

Component Function
Pump Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Drives the pump according to signals from control unit.
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.

BRC-32
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
Component Function
A
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice
Return check valve
of each valve when brake is released.
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreas-
Reservoir B
es when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder.

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE WARNING LAMP


ABS Warning Lamp C
• Turns ON when either ABS function or EBD function is malfunctioning.
• Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.
D
Condition (status) ABS warning lamp
Ignition switch OFF OFF
For approx. 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON ON E
Approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON (when the sys-
OFF
tem is in normal operation)
ABS function is malfunctioning ON BRC
EBD function is malfunctioning ON

Brake Warning Lamp G


• Turns ON when EBD function is malfunctioning.
• Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.
H
Condition (status) Brake warning lamp
Ignition switch OFF OFF
For approx. 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON ON I
Approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON (when the sys-
OFF
tem is in normal operation)
After engine starts OFF J
When parking brake operates (parking brake switch ON) ON
When brake fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level
ON K
switch ON)
ABS function is malfunctioning OFF
EBD function is malfunctioning ON
L
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006268824

ABS FUNCTION M
ABS warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system. The control is sus-
pended for ABS function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS function. However,
EBD function is operated normally. N
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
O
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in sys-
tem. The control is suspended for ABS function and EBD function. The vehicle status becomes the same as
models without ABS function and EBD function. P

BRC-33
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition


C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1105
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power
supply voltage The following functions are sus-
C1106 pended.
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is
large. • ABS function
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- • EBD function (only when both 2
mal. rear wheels are malfunctioning)

• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.


• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor
power supply voltage
C1107
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1108
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When ignition power supply voltage is in following state.
C1109 - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage.
The following functions are sus-
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage.
pended.
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control • ABS function
C1110
unit). • EBD function
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay.
The following functions are sus-
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected during
C1115 pended.
the vehicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified.
• ABS function
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve.
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve.
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve.
• ABS function
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve. • EBD function
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve.
C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.

BRC-34
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
A
When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2
U1000
seconds or more.

When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not transmitting or receiving
U1002 B
CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less.

ABS FUNCTION
ABS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006267876
C

• By preventing wheel lock through brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is electronically controlled by
detecting wheel speed during braking, stability during emergency braking is improved so that obstacles can D
be easily bypassed by steering operation.
• During braking, control units calculates wheel speed and pseudo-vehicle speed, and transmits pressure
increase, hold or decrease signals to actuator portion according to wheel slip status.
E
• The following effects are obtained by preventing wheel lock during
braking.
- Vehicle tail slip is prevented during braking when driving straight.
- Understeer and oversteer tendencies are moderated during brak- BRC
ing driving on a corner.
- Obstacles may be easily bypassed by steering operation during
braking.
G
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in ABS
function, the control is suspended for ABS function. The vehicle
status becomes the same as models without ABS function. How- H
ever, EBD function is operated normally. Refer to BRC-33, "Fail-
safe".
NOTE: I
• ABS has the characteristic as described here, but it is not the
device that helps reckless driving.
• To stop vehicle efficiently, ABS does not operate and ordinary
brake operates at low speed [approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less, J
but differs subject to road conditions).
• Self-diagnosis is performed immediately after when engine starts
and when vehicle initially is driven [by vehicle speed approx. 15 K
km/h (9.3 MPH)]. Motor sounds are generated during self-diagno-
sis. In addition, brake pedal may be felt heavy when depressing
JPFIC0140GB
brake pedal lightly. These symptoms are not malfunctions.
L

BRC-35
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component Signal description


Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Combination meter communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal

EBD FUNCTION
EBD FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006267877

• By preventing rear wheel slip increase through rear wheel brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is
electronically controlled when slight skip on front and rear wheels are detected during braking, stability dur-
ing braking is improved.
• EBD function is expanded and developed from conventional ABS function and corrects rear wheel brake
force to appropriate level by electronic control according to load weight (number of passengers).

JPFIC0142GB

BRC-36
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
• During braking, control unit portion compares slight slip on front
and rear wheels by wheel speed sensor signal, transmits drive sig- A
nal to actuator portion when rear wheel slip exceeds front wheel
slip for the specified value or more, and controls rear wheel brake
force (brake fluid pressure) so that increase of rear wheel slip is
B
prevented and slips on front wheel and rear wheel are nearly
equalized. ABS control is applied when slip on each wheel
increases and wheel speed is the threshold value of ABS control or
less. C
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in EBD
function, the control is suspended for ABS function and EBD func- D
tion. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS
function and EBD function. Refer to BRC-33, "Fail-safe".

BRC

G
JPFIC0143GB

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
H

O
JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. P

Component Signal description


Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Combination meter
• ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal

BRC-37
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000006267880

APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.

Mode Function description


ECU identification Parts number of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*
DATA MONITOR Input/Output data in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ABS actuator and elec-
ACTIVE TEST
tric unit (control unit) and also shifts some parameters in a specified range.
*: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.
• DTC
• Freeze frame data (FFD)

ECU IDENTIFICATION
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Refer to BRC-44, "DTC Index".
When “CRNT” is displayed on self-diagnosis result,
• The system is presently malfunctioning.
When “PAST” is displayed on self-diagnosis result,
• System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
Freeze frame data (FFD)

Item name Display item


The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
• When “0” is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
• When except “0” is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is pres-
IGN counter ently normal.
(0 − 39) NOTE:
Each time when ignition switch is turned OFF to ON, numerical number increases in 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39. When
the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and “39” is displayed until self-diagnosis
is erased.

DATA MONITOR
×: Applicable
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN ITEMS
FR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
FR RH IN SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.

BRC-38
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note A
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN ITEMS
FR RH OUT SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
B
FR LH IN SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
FR LH OUT SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
× C
(On/Off) played.
RR RH IN SOL
× Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS IN valve is displayed
(On/Off)
D
RR RH OUT SOL Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
RR LH IN SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
× E
(On/Off) played.
RR LH OUT SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
EBD WARN LAMP
BRC
(On/Off) Brake warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *1

STOP LAMP SW
× × Stop lamp switch signal input status is displayed.
(On/Off) G
MOTOR RELAY
× ABS motor and motor relay status is displayed.
(On/Off)
H
ACTUATOR RLY *2 × ABS actuator relay status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS WARN LAMP
× ABS warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *1 I
(On/Off)
BATTERY VOLT Voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
× ×
(V) unit) is displayed.
EBD SIGNAL J
EBD operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS SIGNAL
ABS operation status is displayed.
(On/Off) K
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS FAIL SIG L
ABS fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
*1: Refer to BRC-29, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp.
*2: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for M
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
ACTIVE TEST
The active test is used to determine and identify details of a malfunction, based on self-diagnosis test result N
sand data obtained in the DATA MONITOR. In response to instructions from CONSULT, instead of those from
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) on the vehicle, a drive signal is sent to the actuator to check its
operation. O
CAUTION:
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
• Always bleed air from brake system before active test.
• Never perform active test when system is malfunctioning. P
NOTE:
• When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depressing stroke may change. This is
not a malfunction.
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approx. 10 seconds after operation start.
• When performing active test again after “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, select “BACK”.
• ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON during active test. This is not a malfunction.

BRC-39
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
ABS IN Valve and ABS OUT Valve
When “Up”, “Keep” or “Down” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is
normal.

Display
Test item Display Item
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On
FR RH SOL
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FR LH IN SOL Off On On
FR LH SOL
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR LH IN SOL Off On On
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds.
ABS Motor
When “On” or “Off” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is normal.

Display
Test item Display Item
On Off
MOTOR RELAY On Off
ABS MOTOR
* On On
ACTUATOR RLY
*: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.

BRC-40
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006267881
B

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE


C
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- D
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- E
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- BRC
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
G
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Active On
FR RH IN SOL H
Inactive Off
Active On
FR RH OUT SOL
Inactive Off I
Active On
FR LH IN SOL
Inactive Off
J
Active On
FR LH OUT SOL
Inactive Off
Active On K
RR RH IN SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
RR RH OUT SOL L
Inactive Off
Active On
RR LH IN SOL
Inactive Off
M
Active On
RR LH OUT SOL
Inactive Off

When brake warning lamp is ON*2 On N


EBD WARN LAMP
When brake warning lamp is OFF*2 Off
Brake pedal depressed On O
STOP LAMP SW
Brake pedal not depressed Off
Active On
MOTOR RELAY
Inactive Off P
Active On
ACTUATOR RLY *3
Inactive (in fail-safe mode) Off

When ABS warning lamp is ON*2 On


ABS WARN LAMP
When ABS warning lamp is OFF*2 Off
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V

BRC-41
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
EBD is active On
EBD SIGNAL
EBD is inactive Off
ABS is active On
ABS SIGNAL
ABS is inactive Off
In EBD fail-safe On
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD is normal Off
In ABS fail-safe On
ABS FAIL SIG
ABS is normal Off
*1: Confirm tire pressure is standard value.
*2: Refer to BRC-29, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp.
*3: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006267882

ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system. The control is sus-
pended for ABS function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without ABS function. However,
EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in sys-
tem. The control is suspended for ABS function and EBD function. The vehicle status becomes the same as
models without ABS function and EBD function.

BRC-42
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition A


C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
B

C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.


• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit. C
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1105
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is D
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
E
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power
supply voltage The following functions are sus-
C1106 BRC
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is pended.
large. • ABS function
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- • EBD function (only when both 2
mal. rear wheels are malfunctioning) G
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor H
power supply voltage
C1107
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not I
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
J
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1108
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large. K
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When ignition power supply voltage is in following state.
L
C1109 - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage.
The following functions are sus-
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage.
pended.
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control • ABS function
C1110 M
unit). • EBD function
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay.
The following functions are sus-
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected during N
C1115 pended.
the vehicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified.
• ABS function
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve.
O

C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve.


C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve. The following functions are sus-
P
pended.
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve.
• ABS function
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve. • EBD function
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve.
C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.

BRC-43
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2
U1000
seconds or more.

When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not transmitting or receiving
U1002
CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less.

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000006267884

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check one by one depending on the following priority list.

Priority Detected item (DTC)


• U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1
• U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN)
2 • C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
• C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL]
3 • C1111 PUMP MOTOR
• C1140 ACTUATOR RLY
• C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
• C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
• C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
• C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
• C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
• C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
• C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
• C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
4 • C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
• C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL
• C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
• C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL

DTC Index INFOID:0000000006267885

DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference


C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
BRC-63, "DTC Logic"
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
BRC-66, "DTC Logic"
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] BRC-72, "DTC Logic"
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE BRC-74, "DTC Logic"
C1111 PUMP MOTOR BRC-75, "DTC Logic"
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] BRC-77, "DTC Logic"
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-83, "DTC Logic"
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-85, "DTC Logic"
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-83, "DTC Logic"
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-85, "DTC Logic"

BRC-44
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference
A
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-83, "DTC Logic"
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-85, "DTC Logic"
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-83, "DTC Logic" B
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-85, "DTC Logic"
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY BRC-87, "DTC Logic"
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT BRC-89, "DTC Logic" C
U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN) BRC-90, "DTC Logic"

BRC

BRC-45
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

WIRING DIAGRAM
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Application Notice INFOID:0000000006882156

Wiring diagram type Destination


• Models for Thailand
• Models for general area from Thailand plant*
TYPE A
• Models for China
• Models for India (HR12DE engine models): Vehicle production: From May 2010 to April 2011
• Models for Australia
• Models for New Zealand
• Models for Hong Kong
TYPE B
• Models for India (K9K engine models): Vehicle production: From October 2010 to April 2011
• Models for Europe (Without Stop / Start System) : Vehicle production: From July 2010 to June 2011
• Models for general area from India plant*
• Models for Europe (With Stop / Start System) : Vehicle production: From April 2011 to June 2011
TYPE C
• Models for South Africa
• Models for India: Vehicle production: From May 2011
TYPE D • Models for Lebanon and Jordan
• Models for Europe : Vehicle production: From July 2011
*: Refer to GI-26, "Information About Identification or Model Code" to identify a production plant.
TYPE A

BRC-46
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006859035

BRC

P
JCFWM0641GB

BRC-47
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

JCFWM0642GB

BRC-48
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

BRC

JCFWM0643GB

BRC-49
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

JCFWM0644GB

TYPE B

BRC-50
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006268825

BRC

P
JCFWM0711GB

BRC-51
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

JCFWM0712GB

BRC-52
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

BRC

JCFWM0713GB

BRC-53
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

JCFWM0714GB

TYPE C

BRC-54
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
TYPE C : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007222210

BRC

P
JCFWM0797GB

BRC-55
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

JCFWM0798GB

BRC-56
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

BRC

JCFWM0799GB

BRC-57
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

JCFWM0800GB

TYPE D
TYPE D : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007639900

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layout, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information".

BRC-58
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

BRC

JRFWC0058GB

BRC-59
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006267887

DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER
Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing BRC-61, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully. Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necessary.
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like “maybe the customer means that...,” or “
maybe the customer mentions this symptom”.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM
Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to BRC-42, "Fail-
safe".
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the under-
standing of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-
Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results and freeze frame data (FFD). GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnostic results.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedures for the error-detected system.
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the some time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on
BRC-44, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)].
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-51,
"Intermittent Incident".
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE ERROR-DETECTED PART
• Repair or replace error-detected parts.
• Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
• When DTC is detected, erase self-diagnostic result for “ABS”.

>> GO TO 7.
6.IDENTIFY ERROR-DETECTED SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Estimate error-detected system based on symptom diagnosis and perform inspection.
Can the error-detected system be identified?

BRC-60
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-51, A
"Intermittent Incident".
7.FINAL CHECK
B
With CONSULT
1. Check the reference value for “ABS”.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that the symptom is not reproduced on the same conditions.
Is the symptom reproduced? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
D
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000006267888

Description E
• In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about his/her concerns carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
• In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected. BRC

INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE


G
Interview sheet
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS H
name
Vehicle type VIN
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)
† Does not operate ( ) function I
† Warning lamp for ( ) turns ON.
Symptom † Noise † Vibration
J
† Other
( )
First occurrence † Recently † Other ( )
K
Frequency of occurrence † Always † Under a certain conditions of † Sometimes ( time(s)/day)
† Irrelevant

Climate con- Weather † Fine † Cloud † Rain †Snow † Others ( ) L


ditions Temperature † Hot †Warm † Cool † Cold † Temperature [Approx. °C ( °F)]
Relative humidity † High † Moderate † Low
M
† Urban area † Suburb area † Highway
Road conditions
† Mountainous road (uphill or downhill) † Rough road
†Irrelevant
†When engine starts † During idling
N
† During driving † During acceleration † At constant speed driving
Operating condition, etc.
† During deceleration
† During cornering (right curve or left curve) O
† When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left)

BRC-61
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
Interview sheet
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)

Other conditions

Memo

BRC-62
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006267894
B

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


C
DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes
When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel
C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.
D
When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel • Harness or connector
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit. • Wheel sensor
When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1 E
sensor circuit. (control unit)

When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel


C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.
BRC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
I
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle. J
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-63, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267895
L
CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR M

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
O
2.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor. P
- Front: Refer to BRC-113, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-115, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.

BRC-63
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
5. Stop the vehicle.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.)

BRC-64
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
34 E22 (Front LH wheel)
B
18 E39 (Front RH wheel)
E34 1 Existed
33 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
19 B41 (Rear RH wheel) C
Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
22 E22 (Front LH wheel)
6 E39 (Front RH wheel) E
E34 2 Existed
20 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
31 B41 (Rear RH wheel)
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 8.
G
8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. H
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. I
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. J
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> INSPECTION END K

9.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR


With CONSULT L
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-113, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-115, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". M
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. N
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected? O
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END P

BRC-65
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006267896

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
≥ Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and
rear RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and
rear LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear • Harness or connector
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal. • Wheel sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel (control unit)
sensor circuit. • Sensor rotor
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor
and front RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
≥ Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and
front LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

BRC-66
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-67, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267897
B
CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM C

Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-92, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure". BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3. G
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT- H
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR” I
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”. J
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- K
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5. L
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. M
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR O

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the P
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-113, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-114, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?

BRC-67
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-113, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-115, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
BRC-68
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected? A
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL B

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
C
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
E
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. BRC
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine. G
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE: H
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting I
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13.
J
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT K
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. L
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END M
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. N
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
O
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
P
34, 22
18, 6
E34 Ground Not existed
33, 20
19, 31
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.

BRC-69
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-113, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-115, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
With CONSULT
BRC-70
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
1. Replace sensor rotor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-117, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation". A
- Rear: Refer to BRC-117, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
B
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. C
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion". D
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC

BRC-71
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006267899

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When ignition power supply voltage is in following • Harness or connector
state. • ABS actuator and electric unit
BATTERY VOLTAGE - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition pow- (control unit)
C1109
[ABNORMAL] er supply voltage. • Fuse
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition pow- • Ignition power supply system
er supply voltage. • Battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267900

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 32 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
BRC-72
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 32 Ground 10 − 16 V
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. C
4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#53). D
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector. E

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal BRC
E34 32 E14 56 Existed
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
G
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity H
Connector Terminal
E34 32 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply.
• TYPE A: Refer to PG-54, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-130, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -". J
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-208, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-261, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. L

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity M
Connector Terminal
13
E34 Ground Existed
38 N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
6.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector. P
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-73
C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006267936

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS ac- ABS actuator and electric unit
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
tuator and electric unit (control unit). (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1110” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267937

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1110” is displayed in self-
diagnosis for “ABS”.

>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

BRC-74
C1111 PUMP MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
C1111 PUMP MOTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006267901

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor re-
C1111 PUMP MOTOR (control unit)
lay.
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-75, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267902

1.CHECK CONNECTOR J

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1111” detected? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
3.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. O
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) P


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 1 Ground Battery voltage
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-75
C1111 PUMP MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#I).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE A: Refer to PG-16, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E36 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-76
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006267903

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel • Wheel sensor
ABS SENSOR
C1115 and others is detected during the vehicle is driven, • Sensor rotor
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
because of installation of other tires than specified. • ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. H
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? I
YES >> Proceed to BRC-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267904
J

CAUTION:
For wheel sensor, never check between terminals. K
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-92, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M

2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. N
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. O
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
P
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
BRC-77
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-113, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-114, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-113, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-115, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT-
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC-78
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

8.CHECK CONNECTOR A
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
C
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. D
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR” E
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor. BRC
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively? G
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10. PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3) H

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. I
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
J
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL K
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. L
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3) N
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector. O
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
P
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
BRC-79
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.)
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
34 E22 (Front LH wheel)
18 E39 (Front RH wheel)
E34 1 Existed
33 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
19 B41 (Rear RH wheel)

Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
22 E22 (Front LH wheel)
6 E39 (Front RH wheel)
E34 2 Existed
20 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
31 B41 (Rear RH wheel)
5. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
34, 22
18, 6
E34 Ground Not existed
33, 20
19, 31
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.

BRC-80
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. A
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
B
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
C
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5) D
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. E
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17. BRC
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR
G
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-113, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-115, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". H
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine. I
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”. J
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- K
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19. L
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. M
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? N
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR O

With CONSULT
1. Replace sensor rotor. P
- Front: Refer to BRC-117, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-117, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
BRC-81
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC-82
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006267911

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN C
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN • Harness or connector
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve. D
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN • Fusible link
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN E
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


BRC
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. I
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267912

K
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. M

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again. N
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END O
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. P
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 25 Ground Battery voltage

BRC-83
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 25 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE A: Refer to PG-16, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E34 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-84
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006267913

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT C
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT • Harness or connector
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve. D
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT • Fusible link
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT E
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


BRC
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. I
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-85, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267914

K
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. M

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again. N
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END O
3.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. P
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E36 25 Ground Battery voltage

BRC-85
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E36 25 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE A: Refer to PG-16, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E34 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-86
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006267917

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay. (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-87, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267918

1.CHECK CONNECTOR J

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1140” detected? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
3.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. O
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) P


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 25 Ground Battery voltage
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-87
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 25 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE A: Refer to PG-16, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E34 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-88
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000006267940

CAN communication allows a high rate of information transmission through the two communication lines B
(CAN-H line and CAN-L line) connecting various control units in the system. Each control unit transmits/
receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006267941 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


D
DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes
When CAN communication signal is not continuously CAN communication system mal-
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
transmitted or received for 2 seconds or more function E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING BRC
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. I
Is DTC “U1000” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-89, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267942

Proceed to LAN-20, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". K

BRC-89
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000006268006

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006268007

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not • CAN communication line
U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN) transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 • ABS actuator and electric unit
seconds or less. (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “U1002” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-90, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006268008

CAUTION:
• Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal.
• Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when
checking the harness.
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
1. Select “ABS” and “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” in order with CONSULT
2. Check malfunction history between each control unit connected to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
Check the result of “PAST”?
All items are “OK”>>Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>>GO TO 2.
“METER/M&A” is other than “OK”>>GO TO 3.
A control unit other than ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and “METER/M&A” are anything other
than “OK”>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals No. 14 and 26 for damage
or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?

BRC-90
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-10, "Precautions for Harness A
Repair".
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
B
• Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminals No. 14 and combination meter harness connector terminals No. 10.
• Check damage or loose connection between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness con-
nector terminals No. 26 and combination meter harness connector terminals No. 8. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results for “METER/M&A”. Then perform self-diagnosis for “METER/M&A”
with CONSULT. D
NO >>
4.CHECK APPLICABLE CONTROL UNIT
E
Check damage or loose connection of each CAN communication line harness connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for applicable control unit with CON- BRC
SULT.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-10, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".
G

BRC-91
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267944

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 32 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 32 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#53).
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E34 32 E14 56 Existed
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E36 32 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply.
• TYPE A: Refer to PG-54, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-130, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-208, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-261, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-92
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 1 Ground Battery voltage
B
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. C

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage D
Connector Terminal
E34 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BRC

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check 40A fusible link (#I).
G
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I).
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE A: Refer to PG-16, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -". I
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-261, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY J
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
K
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
L
E34 25 Ground Battery voltage
3. Turn the ignition switch ON
CAUTION: M
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
N
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E34 25 Ground Battery voltage O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6. P

6.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WITH STOP /
START SYSTEM)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).

BRC-93
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE A: Refer to PG-16, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E36 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-94
STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
STOP LAMP SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006268826

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION B


Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON, or release brake pedal and check stop lamp turns
OFF.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check stop lamp circuit.
2.CHECK DATA MONITOR D

With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. E
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-41, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
BRC
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-95, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267906 G

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. H
2. Check stop lamp clearance.
- TYPE 1: Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-55, "Inspection and Adjustment". I
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance.
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-55, "Inspection and Adjustment". K
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH L

Check stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-97, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch.
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation". N
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-65, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-113, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-171, "Removal and Installation".
O
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. P
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed Battery voltage
E34 30 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V

BRC-95
STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed Battery voltage
E34 30 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop lamp
switch harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E114*1
E34 30 E115*2 2 Existed
E116*3
*1: TYPE A with M/T models, TYPE B with M/T models, TYPE C with gasoline engine models and TYPE
D with M/T models.
*2: TYPE A except for M/T models, TYPE B except for M/T models and TYPE D with A/T models.
*3: TYPE C with diesel engine models.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E34 30 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Check 10A fuse (#38).
2. Check continuity and short circuit between stop lamp switch harness connector terminal (1) and 10A fuse
(#38).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE A: Refer to PG-16, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?

BRC-96
STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion". A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006267907
B
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. C
3. Check continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.

Stop lamp switch


D
Condition Continuity
Terminal
When stop lamp switch is released E
Existed
(When brake pedal is depressed)
1−2
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. G
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-65, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-113, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-171, "Removal and Installation". H

BRC-97
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006268934

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OPERATION


Operate the parking brake lever. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns ON/
OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-98, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006268935

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

Parking brake switch Combination meter


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M11 1 M34 37 Existed
5. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and ground.

Parking brake switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M11 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-98, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-3, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-49, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-155, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006268936

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Remove parking brake switch. Refer to PB-3, "Removal and Installation".
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector.

BRC-98
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

Parking brake switch Condition Continuity A



Terminal When the parking brake switch is operated. Existed
1 Ground When the parking brake switch is not operated. Not existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-3, "Removal and Installation". C

BRC

BRC-99
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006268830

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH OPERATION


When the brake fluid is full or empty. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns
ON/OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-100, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006268831

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL


Check the brake fluid level.
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-13, "Inspection".
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-57, "Inspection".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-104, "Inspection".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-162, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill brake fluid.
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-13, "Refilling".
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-57, "Refilling".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-104, "Refilling".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-162, "Refilling".
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

Brake fluid level switch Combination meter


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 1 M34 36 Existed
5. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E37 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
BRC-100
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH A

Check brake fluid level switch. Refer to BRC-101, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace reservoir tank.
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-29, "Disassembly and Assembly".
C
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-75, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-129, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-185, "Disassembly and Assembly".
5.CHECK COMBINATION METER D

Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-49, "CONSULT Function".


Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-155, "Removal and Installation". BRC
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006268832

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH G


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector. H

Brake fluid level switch


Condition Continuity I
Terminal
When brake fluid is full in the reservoir tank. Not existed
1−2
When brake fluid is empty in the reservoir tank. Existed J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace reservoir tank. K
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-29, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-75, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-129, "Disassembly and Assembly". L
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-185, "Disassembly and Assembly".

BRC-101
ABS WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
ABS WARNING LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006267951

1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP FUNCTION


Check that ABS warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-102, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267952

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-92, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-44, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “ABS WARN LAMP” according to this order.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-49, "CONSULT Function".
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

BRC-102
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006267953

1.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (1) B


Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> Proceed to BRC-98, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (2)
E
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when parking brake is operated.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (when parking brake switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal? BRC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check parking brake switch system. Refer to BRC-98, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
3.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (3)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when brake fluid level switch is operated
while brake fluid level in reservoir tank is with the specified level. H
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (when brake fluid level switch is
ON).
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check brake fluid level switch system. Refer to BRC-98, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267954

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- K
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-92, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT N
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-44, "DTC Index". O
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-49, "CONSULT Function". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-155, "Removal and Installation".

BRC-103
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
Description INFOID:0000000006267959

ABS function and EBD function operates in excessive operation frequency.


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267960

1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE


Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check brake system.
2.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE
Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle
- TYPE 1: Refer to FAX-11, "Inspection".
- TYPE 2: Refer to FAX-44, "Inspection".
- TYPE 3: Refer to FAX-88, "Inspection".
• Rear axle: Refer to RAX-5, "Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check wheel sensor.
• Check installation and damage of wheel sensor.
• Check connection of wheel sensor harness connector.
• Check terminal of wheel sensor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace wheel sensor.
• Front wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-113, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-115, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK SENSOR ROTOR
Check that there is no looseness, damage or foreign material on sensor rotor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair installation or replace sensor rotor.
• Front sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-117, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear sensor rotor. Refer to BRC-117, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK WARNING LAMP TURNS OFF
Check that ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn OFF approx. 1 second after key switch is turned
ON and stay in OFF status during driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.

BRC-104
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006267961

A malfunction of brake pedal feel (height or others) is detected when brake pedal is depressed. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267962

1.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE C


Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle
- TYPE 1: Refer to FAX-11, "Inspection". D
- TYPE 2: Refer to FAX-44, "Inspection".
- TYPE 3: Refer to FAX-88, "Inspection".
• Rear axle: Refer to RAX-5, "Inspection" E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. BRC
2.CHECK DISC ROTOR
Check disc rotor runout.
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-17, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment". G
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-61, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-108, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-166, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refinish or replace disc rotor. I
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-17, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-61, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-108, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
J
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-166, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
Check fluid leakage. K
• Front
- TYPE 1: Refer to BR-25, "FRONT : Inspection".
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-70, "FRONT : Inspection". L
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-120, "FRONT : Inspection".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-177, "FRONT : Inspection".
• Rear
- TYPE 1: Refer to BR-27, "REAR : Inspection". M
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-73, "REAR : Inspection".
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-124, "REAR : Inspection".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-181, "REAR : Inspection". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL
Check each item of brake pedal.
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment". P
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-55, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust each item of brake pedal.
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".
BRC-105
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-55, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
5.CHECK BRAKING FORCE
Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
6.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check that
brake force is normal in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Check each components of brake system.

BRC-106
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
A
Description INFOID:0000000006267963

Brake stopping distance is long when ABS function is operated. B


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267964

CAUTION: C
Brake stopping distance on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road may become
longer when ABS is operated than when ABS is not operated.
1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE D
Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
2.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE BRC
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check brake
stopping distance in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Normal
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
H

BRC-107
DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
DOES NOT OPERATE
Description INFOID:0000000006267965

ABS function and EBD function does not operate.


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267966

CAUTION:
ABS function and EBD function never operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less.
1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP
Check that ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn ON and turn OFF approx. 1 second after key
switch is turned ON. Check that ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp and stay in OFF status during
driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.

BRC-108
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
A
Description INFOID:0000000006267967

• Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs, when the B
engine starts.
• Brake pedal vibrates during braking.
CAUTION:
Vibration may be felt during brake pedal is lightly depressed (just placing a foot on it) in the following C
conditions. This is normal.
• When shifting gears
• When driving on slippery road D
• During cornering at high speed
• When passing over bumps or grooves [Approx. 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
• When pulling away just after starting engine [at approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or higher]
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267968

1.SYMPTOM CHECK 1 BRC


Check that there are pedal vibrations when the engine is started.
Do vibrations occur?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Check brake pedal.
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-22, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-66, "Inspection and Adjustment". H
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-114, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-172, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2.SYMPTOM CHECK 2 I
Check that motor noise from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs when the engine starts.
Does the operation sound occur?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
3.SYMPTOM CHECK 3 K
Check symptoms when electrical component (headlamps, etc.) switches are operated.
Does the symptom occur?
YES >> Check that radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead-in wires are not located near ABS L
actuator and electric unit (control unit). Move them if they are located near ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).
NO >> Normal M

BRC-109
VEHICLE JERKS DURING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
VEHICLE JERKS DURING
Description INFOID:0000000006267969

The vehicle jerks when ABS function and EBD function operates.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006267970

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check that the vehicle jerks when ABS function and EBD function operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-44, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check connector terminal for deformation, disconnection and looseness.
4. Connect harness connector and perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector terminal.
4.CHECK ECM AND TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” and “TRANSMISSION”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC.
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-119, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

BRC-110
ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARNING LAMP TURN ON
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARNING LAMP TURN ON
A
Description INFOID:0000000006418728

ABS warning lamp and Brake warning lamp turn ON for a moment when restating the engine. (Vehicles with B
the stop / start system)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006418729

C
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine. D
CAUTION:
The vehicle must be in a stopped state.
2. Connect booster battery (12V) and jumper cable to battery cable. E
3. Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “ECM”.
4. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST”.
5. Touch “Start”.
CAUTION: BRC
• Since the engine runs with the hood open, special care must be taken when performing the
work.
• If the idling stop state cannot be developed, refer to EC3-68, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System G
Description".
6. Check the ABS warning lamp state and the brake warning lamp state when “Cancel” is touched under the
idling stop state.
H
Are the ABS warning lamp and the brake warning lamp OFF?
YES >> Check the battery.
• For maintenance required battery models (without stop/start system): Refer to PG-511, "FOR
I
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Work Procedure (Without Stop/Start Sys-
tem)".
• For maintenance required battery models (with stop/start system): Refer to PG-516, "FOR
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Work Procedure (With Stop/Start System)". J
• For maintenance free battery models: Refer to PG-519, "FOR MAINTENANCE FREE BAT-
TERY MODELS : Work Flow".
NO >> Perform Self-diagnosis for "ABS". K

BRC-111
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description INFOID:0000000006267971

Symptom Result
Brake pedal slightly vibrates and operation sound (motor sound and sound from suspen-
sion) occurs when ABS function and EBD function operates. This is not a malfunction, The symptom
Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending occurs ABS function and EBD function
on the road conditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, that are normally operated.
gravel road or snowy road.
This is not a malfunction, because it is
Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from the engine room occurs, when the engine starts
caused by operation check of ABS actua-
or the vehicle starts just after starting the engine
tor and electric unit (control unit).

BRC-112
WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A


WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR
B
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000006267972

BRC

J
JPFIC0202GB

1. Front LH wheel sensor 2. Front LH wheel sensor harness con- K


nector

: Vehicle front
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure. L

NOTE:
Front RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
M
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006267973

REMOVAL N
1. Remove tires.
2. Remove the fender protector (front). Refer to EXT-21, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion". O
3. Remove front wheel sensor from steering knuckle.
CAUTION:
Never rotate and never pull front wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out. P
4. Remove front wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never twist or pull front wheel sensor harness, when removing.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.

BRC-113
WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of front wheel sensor
mounting hole of steering knuckle and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like
iron powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist front wheel sensor harness when installing front wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
Check that front wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

REAR WHEEL SENSOR


REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000006267974

TYPE1, TYPE4

JPFIC0203GB

1. Rear LH wheel sensor 2. Rear LH wheel sensor harness con-


nector

: Vehicle front
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

NOTE:
Rear RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
TYPE2, TYPE3

BRC-114
WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

BRC

H
JSFIA1000GB

1. Rear LH wheel sensor 2. Rear LH wheel sensor harness con-


nector I

: Vehicle front
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
J
NOTE:
Rear RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006267975
K

REMOVAL
L
1. Remove rear wheel sensor from back plate.
CAUTION:
Never rotate or pull rear wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
2. Remove rear wheel sensor harness from the vehicle. M
CAUTION:
Never twist and never pull rear wheel sensor harness, when removing.
N
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of rear wheel sensor
mounting hole of back plate and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like iron O
powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.

BRC-115
WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
• Never twist rear wheel sensor harness when installing rear wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
Check that rear wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

BRC-116
SENSOR ROTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
SENSOR ROTOR
A
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006267976
B
CAUTION:
Replace wheel hub and bearing assembly as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor can-
not be disassembled. C
REMOVAL
Remove wheel hub and bearing assembly.
• TYPE 1: Refer to FAX-13, "Removal and Installation". D
• TYPE 2: Refer to FAX-46, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 3: Refer to FAX-90, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION E
Install wheel hub and bearing assembly.
• TYPE 1: Refer to FAX-13, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 2: Refer to FAX-46, "Removal and Installation". BRC
• TYPE 3: Refer to FAX-90, "Removal and Installation".
REAR SENSOR ROTOR
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006267977
G

REMOVAL
H
1. Remove brake drum. Refer to RAX-6, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove sensor rotor from brake drum. Refer to RAX-7, "Disassembly and Assembly".
INSTALLATION I
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Never reuse sensor rotor.
J

BRC-117
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006268833

LHD

JPFIC0214GB

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bushing
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector
4. Bracket
A. To master cylinder secondary side B. To master cylinder primary side C. To front LH caliper
D. To rear RH wheel cylinder E To rear LH wheel cylinder F To front RH caliper
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

RHD

BRC-118
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]

BRC

H
JPFIC0205GB

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bushing
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector I
4. Bracket
A. To master cylinder secondary side B. To master cylinder primary side C. To front LH caliper
D. To rear RH wheel cylinder E To rear LH wheel cylinder F To front RH caliper J
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006267978


K

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal. L
2. Drain brake fluid.
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-13, "Draining".
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-57, "Draining". M
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-104, "Draining".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-162, "Draining".
3. Remove air cleaner case and air duct. (RHD)
N
• HR12DE (L-jetronic): Refer to EM-33, "TYPE 1 : Removal and Installation".
• HR12DE (D-jetronic): Refer to EM-34, "TYPE 2 : Removal and Installation".
• HR15DE: Refer to EM-337, "Removal and Installation".
• K9K: Refer to EM-461, "Removal and Installation". O

BRC-119
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT VDC/ESP (WITH ABS)]
4. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector (1), follow the procedure described below.
a. Push the pawl (A).
b. Move the lever (B) in the direction (C) until locked.
c. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector.
5. Loosen flare nut of brake tube using a flare nut wrench, and then
remove brake tube from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
• TYPE 1: Refer to BR-23, "FRONT : Exploded View". JPFIC0194ZZ
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-67, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-115, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-173, "FRONT : Exploded View".
6. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and bracket.
7. Remove bracket and bushing from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• When replacing with a new ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), never remove the protector of the
brake tube mounting hole until right before the brake tube is installed.
• When installing brake tube, tighten to the specified torque using a flare nut torque wrench so that flare nut
and brake tube are not damaged.
- TYPE 1: Refer to BR-23, "FRONT : Exploded View".
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-67, "FRONT : Exploded View".
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-115, "FRONT : Exploded View".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-173, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• Never remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding actuator harness.
• Bleed air from brake piping after installation.
- TYPE 1: Refer to BR-14, "Bleeding Brake System".
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-58, "Bleeding Brake System".
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-105, "Bleeding Brake System".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-163, "Bleeding Brake System".
• Never apply excessive impact to actuator, such as by dropping it.
• After installing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) har-
ness connector, move the lever (A) in the direction (B) to secure
the locking.

JPFIC0195ZZ

BRC-120
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A


HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
Information INFOID:0000000006714503
B
• Both “VDC” and “ESP” are used in this manual. These indicate the same system.
• In this manual, “Idling Stop System” is referred to as “Stop / Start System”.
• Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section. C

Service information Destination


D
TYPE 1 China production models
TYPE 2 India production models (LHD)
TYPE 3 India production models (RHD) E
TYPE 4 Thailand production models
Refer to GI-26, "Information About Identification or Model Code" to identify a production plant.
BRC

BRC-121
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
FOR EUROPE
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and
"SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006882439

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.

The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser-
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
FOR EUROPE : Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Dis-
connection INFOID:0000000006856848

CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.

BRC-122
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results. A
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
B
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables. C
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position. D
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned. E
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock BRC
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006856849 G

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to H
windshield.

PIIB3706J

FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Stop/Start System Service INFOID:0000000007385349


K

CAUTION:
When performing an inspection and its related work with the engine at idle, always open the hood and L
release the stop/start system.
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000006714514
M
WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun. N
• Brake fluid use refer to MA-29, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
• Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off
O
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface.
• Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.
• After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, check each
item of brake pedal. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value. P
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation.
• Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench.

BRC-123
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
• Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a flare
nut torque wrench (A).
• Always connect the battery terminal when moving the vehicle.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) harness connector or the battery negative
terminal before performing the work.
• Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the
parts.

JPFIA0061ZZ

FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Brake Control System INFOID:0000000006714515

• Always perform a pre-driving check to drive the vehicle.


• Always check speed and safety while driving the vehicle.
• To operate CONSULT while driving, more than one person is required to be in the vehicle to avoid interfer-
ence to driving and ensure safety.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when VDC function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function operates. This is not a mal-
function because it is caused by VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited
slip differential (BLSD) function that is normally operated.
• When starting engine or when starting vehicle just after starting engine, brake pedal may vibrate or motor
operating noise may be heard from engine compartment. This is normal condition.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending on the road con-
ditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road.
• When a malfunction is indicated, always collect information from the customer about conditions of occur-
rence, estimate cause and perform operation. Check brake booster operation, brake fluid level and brake
fluid leakage, as well as electrical system.
• The optimum performance is achieved by control for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD func-
tion or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function when all of brakes, suspensions and tires installed on
the vehicle are the specified size and parts. Brake performance and controllability may be negatively
affected when other parts than the specified are installed.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer and steering stability may be negatively affected, when tires in
different size and combination or other parts than the specified are used.
• When a radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead line are located near ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit), a malfunction or improper operation may occur for the control of VDC function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
• When the following items are replaced by other parts than genuine parts or modified, ABS warning lamp,
brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally for VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
- Suspension component parts (shock absorber, spring, bushing and others)
- Tire and wheel (other than the specified size)
- Brake component parts (brake pad, disc rotor, brake caliper and others)
- Engine component parts (ECM, muffler and others)
- Body reinforcement component parts (rollover bar, tower bar and others)
• When suspension, tire and brake component parts are excessively worn or deteriorated and the vehicle is
driven, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may
not operate normally for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip differ-
ential (BLSD) function.
• ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, when only front wheel or rear
wheel is rotated using a free roller. This is not a malfunction, because it is caused by wheel speed difference
between wheel that is rotated and wheel that is not rotated. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self-
diagnosis results, and erase memory.
• When power supply voltage is not normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp
turn ON. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) stops control for VDC function, TCS function, ABS func-
tion, EBD function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. Ordinary brake operates. After power
supply returns to normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp turn OFF. The con-
trol becomes operative for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip dif-
ferential (BLSD) function.

BRC-124
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
• Brake pedal vibrates and operation sound occurs during sudden acceleration and cornering, when VDC
function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is operated. This is not a malfunction A
because it is caused by VDC function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function that is
operated normally.
• VDC warning lamp may turn ON and VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
B
function may not normally operate, when driving on a special road the is extremely slanted (bank in a circuit
course). This is not a malfunction if the status returns to normal for VDC function, TCS function and brake
limited slip differential (BLSD) function after the engine is started again. In this case, perform self-diagnosis,
check self-diagnosis results, and erase memory. C
• A malfunction in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system may be detected when the vehicle sharply turns dur-
ing a spin turn, acceleration turn or drift driving while VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif-
ferential (BLSD) function are OFF (VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator lamp is in ON D
status). This is not a malfunction if the status returns to normal for VDC function, TCS function and brake
limited slip differential (BLSD) function after the engine is started again. In this case, perform self-diagnosis,
check self-diagnosis results, and erase memory.
E
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000006714663

• Solder the repair part, and wrap it with tape. [Twisted wire fray
must be 110 mm (4.33 in) or less.] BRC

SKIB8766E
I

• Never bypass the repair point with wire. (If it is bypassed, the turn-
out point cannot be separated and the twisted wire characteristics
are lost.) J

SKIB8767E

EXCEPT FOR EUROPE M


EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR
BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006882445
N
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and O
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation. P
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.

BRC-125
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After
Battery Disconnection INFOID:0000000006882440

CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover
INFOID:0000000006882441

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

BRC-126
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000006882442

A
WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun. B
• Brake fluid use refer to MA-29, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse drained brake fluid.
• Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface. C
• Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.
• After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, check each
item of brake pedal. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value. D
• Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation.
• Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench.
E
• Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a flare
nut torque wrench (A).
• Always connect the battery terminal when moving the vehicle.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator and BRC
electric unit (control unit) harness connector or the battery negative
terminal before performing the work.
• Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the G
parts.

H
JPFIA0061ZZ

EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Brake Control System INFOID:0000000006882443

I
• Always perform a pre-driving check to drive the vehicle.
• Always check speed and safety while driving the vehicle.
• To operate CONSULT while driving, more than one person is required to be in the vehicle to avoid interfer-
ence to driving and ensure safety. J
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when VDC function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function operates. This is not a mal-
function because it is caused by VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited K
slip differential (BLSD) function that is normally operated.
• When starting engine or when starting vehicle just after starting engine, brake pedal may vibrate or motor
operating noise may be heard from engine compartment. This is normal condition.
L
• Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending on the road con-
ditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road.
• When a malfunction is indicated, always collect information from the customer about conditions of occur-
rence, estimate cause and perform operation. Check brake booster operation, brake fluid level and brake M
fluid leakage, as well as electrical system.
• The optimum performance is achieved by control for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD func-
tion or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function when all of brakes, suspensions and tires installed on
N
the vehicle are the specified size and parts. Brake performance and controllability may be negatively
affected when other parts than the specified are installed.
• Brake stopping distance may become longer and steering stability may be negatively affected, when tires in
different size and combination or other parts than the specified are used. O
• When a radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead line are located near ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit), a malfunction or improper operation may occur for the control of VDC function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. P
• When the following items are replaced by other parts than genuine parts or modified, ABS warning lamp,
brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally for VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
- Suspension component parts (shock absorber, spring, bushing and others)
- Tire and wheel (other than the specified size)
- Brake component parts (brake pad, disc rotor, brake caliper and others)
- Engine component parts (ECM, muffler and others)
- Body reinforcement component parts (rollover bar, tower bar and others)

BRC-127
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
• When suspension, tire and brake component parts are excessively worn or deteriorated and the vehicle is
driven, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may
not operate normally for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip differ-
ential (BLSD) function.
• ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, when only front wheel or rear
wheel is rotated using a free roller. This is not a malfunction, because it is caused by wheel speed difference
between wheel that is rotated and wheel that is not rotated. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self-
diagnosis results, and erase memory.
• When power supply voltage is not normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp
turn ON. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) stops control for VDC function, TCS function, ABS func-
tion, EBD function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. Ordinary brake operates. After power
supply returns to normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp turn OFF. The con-
trol becomes operative for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited slip dif-
ferential (BLSD) function.
• Brake pedal vibrates and operation sound occurs during sudden acceleration and cornering, when VDC
function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is operated. This is not a malfunction
because it is caused by VDC function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function that is
operated normally.
• VDC warning lamp may turn ON and VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function may not normally operate, when driving on a special road the is extremely slanted (bank in a circuit
course). This is not a malfunction if the status returns to normal for VDC function, TCS function and brake
limited slip differential (BLSD) function after the engine is started again. In this case, perform self-diagnosis,
check self-diagnosis results, and erase memory.
• A malfunction in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system may be detected when the vehicle sharply turns dur-
ing a spin turn, acceleration turn or drift driving while VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif-
ferential (BLSD) function are OFF (VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator lamp is in ON
status). This is not a malfunction if the status returns to normal for VDC function, TCS function and brake
limited slip differential (BLSD) function after the engine is started again. In this case, perform self-diagnosis,
check self-diagnosis results, and erase memory.
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000006882444

• Solder the repair part, and wrap it with tape. [Twisted wire fray
must be 110 mm (4.33 in) or less.]

SKIB8766E

• Never bypass the repair point with wire. (If it is bypassed, the turn-
out point cannot be separated and the twisted wire characteristics
are lost.)

SKIB8767E

BRC-128
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006714517
B

LHD
HR12DE C

BRC

M
JSFIA0675ZZ

1. TCM* 2. ECM 3. VDC OFF switch N


Refer to TM-331, "CVT CONTROL Refer to EC3-28, "ENGINE CON-
SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- TROL SYSTEM :
tion". Component Parts Location".
O
4. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 5. Front wheel sensor 6. Stop lamp switch
trol unit)
7. Steering angle sensor 8. Rear wheel sensor
P
A. Inside engine room B. Steering knuckle C. Brake pedal
D. ABS warning lamp, brake warning E. Back of spiral cable assembly F. Back plate of rear drum brake
lamp, VDC warning lamp, VDC OFF
indicator lamp (in combination
meter)

*: Models with CVT

BRC-129
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
HR12DDR

JSFIA1035ZZ

1. TCM* 2. ECM 3. VDC OFF switch


Refer to TM-331, "CVT CONTROL Refer to EC3-809, "ENGINE CON-
SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- TROL SYSTEM :
tion". Component Parts Location".
4. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 5. Front wheel sensor 6. Vacuum sensor
trol unit)
7. Stop lamp switch 8. Steering angle sensor 9. Rear wheel sensor
A. Inside engine room B. Steering knuckle C. Brake booster
D. Brake pedal E. ABS warning lamp, brake warning F. Back of spiral cable assembly
lamp, VDC warning lamp, VDC OFF
indicator lamp (in combination
meter)
G. Back plate of rear drum brake

*: Models with CVT


RHD

BRC-130
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

BRC

JSFIA0676ZZ
K

1. VDC OFF switch 2. TCM* 3. ECM


Refer to TM-113, "A/T CONTROL Refer to EC3-28, "ENGINE CON- L
SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- TROL SYSTEM :
tion" (A/T), TM-331, "CVT CON- Component Parts Location"
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts (HR12DE: L-jetronic), EC3-484,
Location" (CVT). "Component Parts Location" M
(HR12DE: D-jetronic), EC4-15,
"Component Parts Location"
(HR15DE).
N
4. Steering angle sensor 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Front wheel sensor
7. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 8. Rear wheel sensor
trol unit)
A. Back of spiral cable assembly B. ABS warning lamp, brake warning C. Brake pedal O
lamp, VDC warning lamp, VDC OFF
indicator lamp (in combination
meter)
P
D. Steering knuckle E. Inside engine room F. Back plate of rear drum brake

*: Models with CVT and A/T

BRC-131
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Component Description INFOID:0000000006714518

Component Reference/Function
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BRC-132, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)"
Wheel sensor BRC-133, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"
Stop lamp switch BRC-133, "Stop Lamp Switch"
Steering angle sensor BRC-133, "Steering Angle Sensor"
VDC OFF switch BRC-133, "VDC (ESP) OFF Switch"
Brake fluid level switch BRC-134, "Brake Fluid Level Switch"
Parking brake switch BRC-134, "Parking Brake Switch"
*1 BRC-134, "Vacuum Sensor"
Vacuum sensor
ABS warning lamp
Brake warning lamp
BRC-135, "System Description"
VDC warning lamp
VDC OFF indicator lamp
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
via CAN communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
via CAN communication.
• Target throttle position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
TCM*2 via CAN communication.
• Current gear position signal
*1: Models with HR12DDR (LHD)
*2: Models with CVT or A/T
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) INFOID:0000000006714519

Electric unit (control unit) is integrated with actuator and comprehensively controls VDC function, TCS func-
tion, ABS function, EBD function and Brake limited slip differential.
ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
• Brake fluid pressure are controlled according to signals from each sensor.
• If malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode.
ACTUATOR
The following components are integrated with ABS actuator.
Pump
Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor
Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Motor Relay
Operates the motor ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Actuator Relay (Main Relay)
Operates each valve ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
ABS IN Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
ABS OUT Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.

BRC-132
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve. A
Cut Valve1, Cut Valve2
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder, when VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip
differential (BLSD) function are activated. B
Suction Valve1, Suction Valve2
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump, when VDC function, TCS function and brake limited
slip differential (BLSD) function are activated. C
Return Check Valve
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice of each
valve when brake is released. D

Reservoir
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreases when
decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder. E

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor


Calculates the following information that affects the vehicle, and transmits a signal to ABS actuator and elec-
BRC
tric unit (control unit) via communication lines.
• Vehicle rotation angular velocity (yaw rate signal)
• Vehicle lateral acceleration (side G signal) and longitudinal acceleration (decel G signal)
G
Pressure Sensor
Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor INFOID:0000000006714520 H

NOTE:
• Wheel sensor of front wheel is installed on steering knuckle.
• Sensor rotor of front wheel is integrated in wheel hub assembly. I
• Wheel sensor of rear wheel is installed on back plate of rear brake.
• Sensor rotor of rear wheel is installed on rear brake drum.
• Never measure resistance and voltage value using a tester because sensor is active sensor. J
• Downsize and weight reduction is aimed. IC for detection portion
and magnet for sensor rotor are adopted.
• Power supply is supplied to detection portion so that magnetic field
line is read. Magnetic field that is detected is converted to current K
signal.
• When sensor rotor rotates, magnetic field changes. Magnetic field
change is converted to current signals (rectangular wave) and is L
transmitted to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Change
of magnetic field is proportional to wheel speed.
M
JPFIC0131GB

Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000006714521


N
Detects the operation status of brake pedal and transmits converted electric signal to ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).
Steering Angle Sensor INFOID:0000000006714666
O

Detects the following information and transmits steering angle signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) via CAN communication. P
• Steering wheel rotation amount
• Steering wheel rotation angular velocity
• Steering wheel rotation direction
VDC (ESP) OFF Switch INFOID:0000000006714667

• This is an integrated switch with switches for other functions.

BRC-133
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
• Non-operational status or standby status of the following functions can be selected using VDC OFF switch.
VDC OFF indicator lamp indicates the operation status of function. (ON: Non-operational status, OFF:
Standby status)
- VDC function
NOTE:
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function control operates.
- TCS function
• VDC OFF indicator lamp turns OFF (standby status) when the engine is started again after it is stopped once
while VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON (non-operational status).
Brake Fluid Level Switch INFOID:0000000006714668

Detects the brake fluid level in reservoir tank and transmits converted electric signal from combination meter to
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication, when brake fluid level is the specified
level or less.
Parking Brake Switch INFOID:0000000006714669

Detects the operation status of parking brake switch and transmits converted electric signal from combination
meter to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Vacuum Sensor INFOID:0000000007251809

Detects the vacuum in brake booster and transmits converted electric signal to ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
NOTE:
Vacuum sensor is HR12DDR (LHD) models.

BRC-134
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
SYSTEM
A
System Description INFOID:0000000006714527

• The system switches fluid pressure of each brake caliper and each wheel cylinder to increase, to hold or to B
decrease according to signals from control unit in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). This control
system is applied to VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differen-
tial (BLSD) function.
• Fail-safe function is available for each function and is activated by each function when system malfunction C
occurs.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D
NOTE:
• TCM are CVT models or A/T models.
• Vacuum sensor is HR12DDR (LHD) models.
E

BRC

L
JSFIA1036GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. M

BRC-135
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

Component Signal description


Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Target throttle position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
TCM* communication.
• Current gear position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
• Parking brake switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Combination meter
communication.
• ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal
• VDC warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
*: Models with CVT or A/T
VALVE OPERATION [VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION AND BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFEREN-
TIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION
The control unit built in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls fluid pressure of the brake cal-
ipers, respectively, by operating each valve.
When VDC Function, TCS Function and Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function is in Operation (During Pres-
sure Increases)

JSFIA0670GB

BRC-136
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

Name Not activated During pressure increases A


Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
B

Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open) C
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper and each wheel cylinder
— Pressure increases
(fluid pressure) D

During pressure front RH brake caliper increases E


• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 1 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper through the ABS IN
valve. For the left caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The
pressurization for the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper. BRC

During pressure front LH brake caliper increases


• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 2 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper through the ABS IN G
valve. For the right caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary.
The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.
H
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder increases
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 2 and is pressurized by
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH wheel cylinder through the ABS
IN valve. For the left wheel cylinder, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnec- I
essary. The pressurization for the left wheel cylinder is controlled separately from the right wheel cylinder.
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder increases
• Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the master cylinder through suction valve 1 and is pressurized by J
the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH wheel cylinder through the ABS
IN valve. For the right wheel cylinder, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is
unnecessary. The pressurization for the right wheel cylinder is controlled separately from the left wheel cylin- K
der.
When VDC Function, TCS Function and Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function is Starts Operating (During
L

BRC-137
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Pressure Holds)

JSFIA0677GB

Name Not activated During pressure holds


Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper and wheel cylinder (fluid
— Pressure holds
pressure)

During pressure front RH brake caliper holds


• Since the cut valve 1 and the suction valve 1 are closed, the front RH brake caliper, master cylinder, and res-
ervoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper. The pressurization for
the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper holds
• Since the cut valve 2 and the suction valve 2 are closed, the front LH brake caliper, master cylinder, and res-
ervoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper. The pressurization for
the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder holds
• Since the cut valve 2 and the suction valve 2 are closed, the rear RH wheel cylinder, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear RH wheel cylinder. The pressuriza-
tion for the left wheel cylinder is controlled separately from the right wheel cylinder.
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder holds
• Since the cut valve 1 and the suction valve 1 are closed, the rear LH wheel cylinder, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear LH wheel cylinder. The pressuriza-
tion for the right wheel cylinder is controlled separately from the left wheel cylinder.
When VDC Function, TCS Function and Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function is in Operation (During Pres-

BRC-138
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
sure Decreases)
A

BRC

H
JSFIA0678GB

Name Not activated During pressure decreases


Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open) I
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
J
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) K
Each brake caliper and each wheel cylinder
— Pressure decreases
(fluid pressure)
L

During pressure front RH brake caliper decreases


• Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve open, the M
fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 1. The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled sepa-
rately from the left caliper.
N
During pressure front LH brake caliper decreases
• Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the left caliper is controlled sepa- O
rately from the right caliper.
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder decreases P
• Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the rear RH wheel cylinder is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the right wheel cylinder is controlled
separately from the left wheel cylinder.
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder decreases
• Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the rear LH wheel cylinder is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the master

BRC-139
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
cylinder via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 1. The pressurization for the left wheel cylinder is controlled
separately from the right wheel cylinder.
Component Parts and Function

Component Function
Pump Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Cut valve 1
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder.
Cut valve 2
Suction valve 1
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump.
Suction valve 2
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice
Return check valve
of each valve when brake is released.
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreas-
Reservoir
es when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder.
Pressure sensor Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

VALVE OPERATION (ABS FUNCTION AND EBD FUNCTION)


The control unit built in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls fluid pressure of the brake cal-
ipers, respectively, by operating each valve.
When Brake Pedal is Applied or ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)

JSFIA0679GB

Name Not activated During pressure increases


Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)

BRC-140
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Name Not activated During pressure increases
A
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper and each wheel cylinder
— Pressure increases
(fluid pressure)
B

During pressure front RH brake caliper increases


• When the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper from C
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS
OUT valve is closed.
During pressure front LH brake caliper increases D
• When the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper from
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS
OUT valve is closed. E
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder increases
• When the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH wheel cylinder from
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS BRC
OUT valve is closed.
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder increases
• When the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH wheel cylinder from G
the master cylinder through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS
OUT valve is closed.
When ABS Function is Starts Operating (During Pressure Holds) H

JSFIA0680GB

Name Not activated During pressure holds P


Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)

BRC-141
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Name Not activated During pressure holds
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper and each wheel cylinder
— Pressure holds
(fluid pressure)

During pressure front RH brake caliper holds


• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front RH brake caliper, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front LH brake caliper, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper.
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear RH wheel cylinder, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear RH wheel cylinder.
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder holds
• Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear LH wheel cylinder, master cylinder, and
reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear LH wheel cylinder.
When ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Decreases)

JSFIA0681GB

Name Not activated During pressure decreases


Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is supplied (close)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is supplied (open)
Each brake caliper and each wheel cylinder
— Pressure decreases
(fluid pressure)

BRC-142
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

A
During pressure front RH brake caliper decreases
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front RH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump. B

During pressure front LH brake caliper decreases


• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front LH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when C
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder decreases D
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear RH
wheel cylinder is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump.
E
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder decreases
• Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear LH
wheel cylinder is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the master cylinder by the pump. BRC

When ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)

JSFIA0679GB N

Name Not activated During pressure increases


Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open) O
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close) P
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper and each wheel cylinder
— Pressure increases
(fluid pressure)

BRC-143
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
During pressure front RH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the cut valve 1 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the front RH brake caliper from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure front LH brake caliper increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper from the master cylinder through the cut valve 2 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the front LH brake caliper from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear RH wheel cylinder increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH wheel cylinder from the master cylinder through the cut valve 2 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the rear RH wheel cylinder from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear LH wheel cylinder increases
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH wheel cylinder from the master cylinder through the cut valve 1 and the
ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid does not flow into the
reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the rear LH wheel cylinder from the master cylinder is con-
trolled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized (time that the ABS IN valve is open).
When Brake Release

JSFIA0682GB

Name Not activated During brake release


Cut valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Cut valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
Suction valve 1 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Suction valve 2 Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
ABS IN valve Power supply is not supplied (open) Power supply is not supplied (open)
ABS OUT valve Power supply is not supplied (close) Power supply is not supplied (close)
Each brake caliper and each wheel cylinder
— Pressure decreases
(fluid pressure)

BRC-144
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

A
During front RH brake caliper release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 1, and returns to the master cylinder.
B
During front LH brake caliper release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 2, and returns to the master cylinder.
C
During rear RH wheel cylinder release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH wheel cylinder through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 2, and returns to the master cylinder.
D
During rear LH wheel cylinder release
• Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH wheel cylinder through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 1, and returns to the master cylinder. E
Component Parts and Function

Component Function BRC


Pump Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to master cylinder by reducing pressure.
Motor Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
G
Cut valve 1
Shuts off the ordinary brake line from master cylinder.
Cut valve 2
Suction valve 1
Supplies the brake fluid from master cylinder to the pump. H
Suction valve 2
ABS IN valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.
ABS OUT valve Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.
I
Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and wheel cylinder to master cylinder by bypassing orifice
Return check valve
of each valve when brake is released.
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreas- J
Reservoir
es when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder.
Pressure sensor Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE INDICATOR LAMP K


• Turns ON when VDC function and TCS function are switched to non-operational status (OFF) by VDC OFF
switch.
• Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes. L

Condition (status) VDC OFF indicator lamp


Ignition switch OFF OFF M
For approx. 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON ON
Approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON (when the sys-
OFF N
tem is in normal operation)
When VDC OFF switch is ON (VDC function and TCS function are
ON
OFF)
O
CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE WARNING LAMP
Turns ON when ignition switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.
P
Condition (status) ABS warning lamp Brake warning lamp VDC warning lamp
Ignition switch OFF OFF OFF OFF
For approx. 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON ON ON ON
Approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON (when the sys-
OFF OFF OFF
tem is in normal operation)
After engine starts OFF OFF OFF

BRC-145
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Condition (status) ABS warning lamp Brake warning lamp VDC warning lamp
When parking brake operates (parking brake switch ON) OFF ON OFF
When brake fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level
OFF ON OFF
switch ON)
VDC function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
TCS function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
ABS function is malfunctioning ON OFF ON
EBD function is malfunctioning ON ON ON
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is malfunctioning OFF OFF ON
VDC function is operating OFF OFF Blinking
TCS function is operating OFF OFF Blinking

Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006821787

VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION AND BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION
VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif-
ferential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS func-
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated
normally.
ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system
[ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However,
EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a mal-
function occurs in system [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The
vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function
and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.

BRC-146
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition A


C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
B

C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.


• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit. C
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1105
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is D
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
E
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state. The following functions are sus-
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power pended.
supply voltage • VDC function BRC
C1106
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is • ABS function
large. • EBD function (only when both 2
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- rear wheels are malfunctioning)
mal. • Brake limited slip differential G
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit. (BLSD) function
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor H
power supply voltage
C1107
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not I
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
J
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1108
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large. K
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When ignition power supply voltage is in following state. The following functions are sus-
L
C1109 - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage. pended.
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage. • VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function M
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control • EBD function
C1110
unit). • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus- N
pended.
• VDC function
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay. • TCS function
O
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus- P
pended.
• VDC function
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected during • TCS function
C1115
the vehicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified. • ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function

BRC-147
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
C1116 When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake pedal operates.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve.
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve. The following functions are sus-
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve. pended.
• VDC function
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve. • TCS function
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve. • ABS function
• EBD function
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve. • Brake limited slip differential
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve. (BLSD) function

C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.


The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
C1130 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.
• ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C1142 When a malfunction is detected in VDC pressure sensor.
C1143 When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1144 When neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor is not complete.
• VDC function
When a malfunction is detected in yaw rate signal, or signal line of yaw rate/side/ • TCS function
C1145
decel G sensor is open or shorted. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
When a malfunction is detected in side G signal, or signal line of yaw rate/side/decel
C1146
G sensor is open or shorted.
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is malfunctioning. (Pressure in-
C1153 • TCS function
crease is too much or too little)
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
C1155 When brake fluid level low signal is detected.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C1164 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 1. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1165 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 2.
• VDC function
C1166 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 1. • TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function
C1167 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 2. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function

BRC-148
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
A
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
C1170 When the information in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not the same. • TCS function B
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C
C1197* When a malfunction is detected in vacuum sensor.
• When an open circuit is detected in vacuum sensor circuit.
Electrical vacuum assistance of
C1198* • When a short circuit is detected in vacuum sensor circuit.
brake booster is suspended.
• When a malfunction is detected in vacuum sensor noise. D

C119A* When a malfunction is detected in power supply voltage of vacuum sensor.


When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2 The following functions are sus- E
U1000
seconds or more. pended.
• VDC function
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not transmitting or receiving • TCS function
U1002 • Brake limited slip differential BRC
CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less.
(BLSD) function
*: Models with HR12DDR (LHD)
VDC (ESP) FUNCTION G

VDC (ESP) FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006714670

H
• Side slip or tail slip may occur while driving on a slippery road or intending an urgent evasive driving. VDC
function detects side slip status using each sensor when side slip or tail slip is about to occur and improves
vehicle stability by brake control and engine output control during driving.
• In addition to ABS function, EBD function and TCS function, target side slip amount is calculated according I
to steering operation amount from steering angle sensor. By comparing this information with vehicle side slip
amount that is calculated from information from yaw rate/side G sensor and wheel sensor, vehicle driving
conditions (conditions of understeer or oversteer) are judged and vehicle stability is improved by brake force J
control on all 4 wheels and engine output control.

M
JSFIA0672GB

• VDC function can be switched to non-operational status (OFF) by operating VDC OFF switch. In this case,
VDC OFF indicator lamp turns ON.
• Control unit portion automatically improves driving stability by performing brake force control as well as N
engine output control, by transmitting drive signal to actuator portion according to difference between target
side slip amount and vehicle side slip amount
• Brake force control function at braking hard detects driver′s brake operations with the pressure sensor, O
judges a brake booster′s maximum brake power function by using information from the vacuum sensor, and
enhances more powerful braking force by controlling brakes of four wheels.
• VDC warning lamp blinks while VDC function is in operation and indicates to the driver that the function is in
operation. P
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in VDC function, the control is suspended for VDC
function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the
same as models without VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to BRC-165, "Fail-safe".
NOTE:
VDC has the characteristic as described here, This is not the device that helps reckless driving.

BRC-149
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• TCM are CVT models or A/T models.
• Vacuum sensor is HR12DDR (LHD) models.

JSFIA1037GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component Signal description


Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Acceleration pedal position signal
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Target throttle position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
TCM* communication.
• Current gear position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
• parking brake switch signal
Combination meter
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• VDC warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
*: Models with CVT or A/T
OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS
VDC Function That Prevents Oversteer Tendency

BRC-150
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
• During a cornering, brake force (brake fluid pressure) is applied on front wheel and rear wheel on the outer
side of turn. Moment directing towards the outer side of turn is generated. Oversteer is prevented. A

JPFIC0135GB D

• Changing driving lane on a slippery road, when oversteer tendency is judged large, engine output is con-
trolled as well as brake force (brake fluid pressure) of 4 wheels. Oversteer tendency decreases.
E

BRC

JPFIC0136GB
H
VDC Function That Prevents Understeer Tendency
• During a cornering, brake force (brake fluid pressure) is applied on front wheel and rear wheel on the inner
side of turn. Moment directing towards the inner side of turn is generated. Understeer is prevented.
I

JPFIC0137GB
L
• Applying braking during a cornering on a slippery road, when understeer tendency is judged large, engine
output is controlled as well as brake force (brake fluid pressure) of four wheels. Understeer tendency
decreases. M

JPFIC0138GB P
TCS FUNCTION

BRC-151
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
TCS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006714671

• Wheel spin status of drive wheel is detected by wheel sensor of 4


wheels. Engine output and transmission shift status is controlled
so that slip rate of drive wheels is in appropriate level. When wheel
spin occurs on drive wheel, ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) perform brake force control of LH and RH drive wheels (apply
brake force by increasing brake fluid pressure of drive wheel) and
decrease engine torque by engine torque control. Wheel spin
amount decreases. Engine torque is controlled to appropriate
level.
• TCS function can be switched to non-operational status (OFF) by
operating VDC OFF switch. In this case, VDC OFF indicator lamp
turns ON.
• VDC warning lamp blinks while TCS function is in operation and
indicates to the driver that the function is in operation.
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in TCS
function, the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function
and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle sta-
tus becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS func-
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However,
ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to
BRC-165, "Fail-safe".
JPFIC0139GB

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• TCM are CVT models or A/T models.
• Vacuum sensor is HR12DDR (LHD) models.

JSFIA1037GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

BRC-152
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

Component Signal description A


Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
B
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Target throttle position signal C
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
TCM* communication.
• Current gear position signal
D
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
E
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
• Parking brake switch signal BRC
Combination meter
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• VDC warning lamp signal
• VDC OFF indicator lamp signal G
*: Models with CVT or A/T
ABS FUNCTION
H
ABS FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006714533

• By preventing wheel lock through brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is electronically controlled by I
detecting wheel speed during braking, stability during emergency braking is improved so that obstacles can
be easily bypassed by steering operation.
• During braking, control units calculates wheel speed and pseudo-vehicle speed, and transmits pressure
increase, hold or decrease signals to actuator portion according to wheel slip status. J
• The following effects are obtained by preventing wheel lock during
braking.
- Vehicle tail slip is prevented during braking when driving straight. K
- Understeer and oversteer tendencies are moderated during brak-
ing driving on a corner.
- Obstacles may be easily bypassed by steering operation during
braking. L
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in ABS
function, the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, M
ABS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function and brake limited slip differ-
ential (BLSD) function. However, EBD function is operated nor- N
mally. Refer to BRC-146, "Fail-safe".
NOTE:
• ABS has the characteristic as described here, but it is not the O
device that helps reckless driving.
• To stop vehicle efficiently, ABS does not operate and ordinary
brake operates at low speed [approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less,
P
but differs subject to road conditions).
• Self-diagnosis is performed immediately after when engine starts
and when vehicle initially is driven [by vehicle speed approx. 15
JPFIC0140GB
km/h (9.3 MPH)]. Motor sounds are generated during self-diagno-
sis. In addition, brake pedal may be felt heavy when depressing brake pedal lightly. These symptoms are not
malfunctions.

BRC-153
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component Signal description


Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Combination meter
• VDC warning lamp signal
• ABS warning lamp signal

EBD FUNCTION
EBD FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000006714534

• By preventing rear wheel slip increase through rear wheel brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is
electronically controlled when slight skip on front and rear wheels are detected during braking, stability dur-
ing braking is improved.
• EBD function is expanded and developed from conventional ABS function and corrects rear wheel brake
force to appropriate level by electronic control according to load weight (number of passengers).

JPFIC0142GB

BRC-154
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
• During braking, control unit portion compares slight slip on front
and rear wheels by wheel speed sensor signal, transmits drive sig- A
nal to actuator portion when rear wheel slip exceeds front wheel
slip for the specified value or more, and controls rear wheel brake
force (brake fluid pressure) so that increase of rear wheel slip is
B
prevented and slips on front wheel and rear wheel are nearly
equalized. ABS control is applied when slip on each wheel
increases and wheel speed is the threshold value of ABS control or
less. C
• CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in EBD
function, the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, D
ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function
and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. Refer to BRC- E
146, "Fail-safe".

BRC

G
JPFIC0143GB

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
H

O
JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table. P

Component Signal description


Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Combination meter • VDC warning lamp signal
• ABS warning lamp signal
• Brake warning lamp signal

BRC-155
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION
BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION : System Description
INFOID:0000000006714672

• LH and RH driving wheel spin is always monitored. If necessary, appropriate brake force is independently
applied to LH or RH driving wheel so that one-sided wheel spin is avoided and traction is maintained. Mainly
starting ability is improved.
• Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function operates while VDC function is in non-operational status (OFF)
by VDC OFF switch.
• VDC warning lamp blinking while brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is in operation and indicates
to the driver that the function is in operation.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when brake limited slip differen-
tial (BLSD) function operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function that is normally operated.
• Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function,
the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.
The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip
differential (BLSD) function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to BRC-
165, "Fail-safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
NOTE:
• TCM are CVT models or A/T models.
• Vacuum sensor is HR12DDR (LHD) models.

JSFIA1037GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

BRC-156
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

Component Signal description A


Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Accelerator pedal position signal
B
ECM • Engine speed signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Target throttle position signal C
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
TCM* communication.
• Current gear position signal
D
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
Steering angle sensor communication.
• Steering angle sensor signal
E
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• Brake fluid level switch signal
Combination meter • Parking brake switch signal BRC
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
• VDC warning lamp signal
G
*: Models with CVT or A/T

BRC-157
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000006714537

APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.

Mode Function description


ECU identification Parts number of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*
DATA MONITOR Input/Output data in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ABS actuator and elec-
ACTIVE TEST
tric unit (control unit) and also shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Work support Components can be quickly and accurately adjusted.
*
: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.
• DTC
• Freeze frame data (FFD)

ECU IDENTIFICATION
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Refer to BRC-169, "DTC Index".
When “CRNT” is displayed on self-diagnosis result,
• The system is presently malfunctioning.
When “PAST” is displayed on self-diagnosis result,
• System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
Freeze frame data (FFD)

Item name Display item


The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
• When “0” is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
• When except “0” is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is pres-
IGN counter ently normal.
(0 − 39) NOTE:
Each time when ignition switch is turned OFF to ON, numerical number increases in 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39. When
the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and “39” is displayed until self-diagnosis
is erased.

DATA MONITOR
×: Applicable
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN ITEMS
FR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear LH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear RH wheel sensor is dis-
× ×
[km/h (MPH)] played.
STOP LAMP SW
× × Stop lamp switch signal input status is displayed.
(On/Off)

BRC-158
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note A
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN ITEMS
BATTERY VOLT Voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
× ×
(V) unit) is displayed.
B
GEAR*1 × × Gear position determined by TCM.
OFF SW
× × VDC OFF switch status is displayed.
(On/Off)
C
YAW RATE SEN
× × Yaw rate detected by yaw rate/side G sensor
(d/s)
ACCEL POS SIG Throttle actuator opening/closing is displayed D
×
(%) (Linked with accelerator pedal)
SIDE G-SENSOR
× Transverse G detected by yaw rate/side G sensor
(m/s2)
E
STR ANGLE SIG
× Steering angle detected by steering angle sensor
(°)
PRESS SENSOR BRC
× Brake fluid pressure detected by pressure sensor
(bar)
ENGINE SPEED
× Engine speed status is displayed.
[tr/min (rpm)]
G
FLUID LEV SW
× Brake fluid level switch signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
PARK BRAKE SW
× Parking brake switch signal status is displayed. H
(On/Off)
FR RH IN SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
I
FR RH OUT SOL Operation status of front RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
FR LH IN SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
× J
(On/Off) played.
FR LH OUT SOL Operation status of front LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
K
RR RH IN SOL
× Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS IN valve is displayed
(On/Off)
RR RH OUT SOL Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis-
× L
(On/Off) played.
RR LH IN SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS IN valve is dis-
×
(On/Off) played.
RR LH OUT SOL Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS OUT valve is dis- M
×
(On/Off) played.
MOTOR RELAY
× ABS motor and motor relay status is displayed.
(On/Off) N
*2
ACTUATOR RLY × ABS actuator relay status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS WARN LAMP
O
× ABS warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *3
(On/Off)
OFF LAMP
× VDC OFF indicator lamp status is displayed.*3
(On/Off) P
SLIP/VDC LAMP
× VDC warning lamp status is displayed.*3
(On/Off)
EBD WARN LAMP
(On/Off) Brake warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *3

EBD SIGNAL
EBD operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)

BRC-159
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Monitor item selection
Item (Unit) Note
INPUT SIGNALS MAIN ITEMS
ABS SIGNAL
ABS operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
TCS SIGNAL
TCS operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
VDC SIGNAL
VDC operation status is displayed.
(On/Off)
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
ABS FAIL SIG
ABS fail-safe signal status is displayed.
(On/Off)
TCS FAIL SIG
TCS fail-safe signal
(On/Off)
VDC FAIL SIG
VDC fail-safe signal
(On/Off)
CRANKING SIG
Crank operation
(On/Off)

USV[FR-RL]*2 Cut valve 1 operation status is displayed.


(On/Off)

USV[FL-RR]*2 Cut valve 2 operation status is displayed.


(On/Off)

HSV[FR-RL]*2 Suction valve 1 operation status is displayed.


(On/Off)

HSV[FL-RR]*2 Suction valve 2 operation status is displayed.


(On/Off)

V/R OUTPUT*2 Solenoid valve relay activated


(On/Off)
M/R OUTPUT
Actuator motor and motor relay activated
(On/Off)
*1: Models with CVT or A/T
*2: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
*3: Refer to BRC-135, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp and each indicator
lamp.
ACTIVE TEST
The active test is used to determine and identify details of a malfunction, based on self-diagnosis test result
sand data obtained in the DATA MONITOR. In response to instructions from CONSULT, instead of those from
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) on the vehicle, a drive signal is sent to the actuator to check its
operation.
CAUTION:
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
• Always bleed air from brake system before active test.
• Never perform active test when system is malfunctioning.
NOTE:
• When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depressing stroke may change. This is
not a malfunction.
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approx. 10 seconds after operation start.
• When performing active test again after “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, select “BACK”.
• ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON during active test. This is not a malfunction.
ABS IN Valve and ABS OUT Valve
When “Up”, “Keep” or “Down” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is
normal.

BRC-160
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

Display A
Test item Display Item
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
B
FR RH SOL
USV[FR-RL] Off Off Off
HSV[FR-RL] Off Off Off C
FR LH IN SOL Off On On
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FR LH SOL
USV[FL-RR] Off Off Off D
HSV[FL-RR] Off Off Off
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
E
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR RH SOL
USV[FL-RR] Off Off Off
HSV[FL-RR] Off Off Off BRC
RR LH IN SOL Off On On
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR LH SOL G
USV[FR-RL] Off Off Off
HSV[FR-RL] Off Off Off
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds. H
ABS IN Valve (ACT) and ABS OUT Valve (ACT)
When “Up”, “ACT Up” or “ACT KEEP” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when
system is normal. I

Display
Test item Display Item
Up ACT Up ACT Keep J
FR RH IN SOL Off Off Off
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off
FR RH SOL (ACT) K
USV[FR-RL] Off On On
HSV[FR-RL] Off On* Off
FR LH IN SOL Off Off Off L
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off
FR LH SOL (ACT)
USV[FL-RR] Off On On
M
HSV[FL-RR] Off On* Off
RR RH IN SOL Off Off Off
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off N
RR RH SOL (ACT)
USV[FL-RR] Off On On
HSV[FL-RR] Off On* Off
RR LH IN SOL Off Off Off O
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off
RR LH SOL (ACT)
USV[FR-RL] Off On On
P
HSV[FR-RL] Off On* Off
*: Immediately after being selected, status is “On”. Status changes to “Off” after approx. 2 seconds.
ABS Motor
When “On” or “Off” is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is normal.

BRC-161
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

Display
Test item Display Item
On Off
MOTOR RELAY On Off
ABS MOTOR
ACTUATOR RLY* On On

*: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
WORK SUPPORT

Conditions Description
ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT Perform neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor.

BRC-162
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006714538
B

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE


C
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- D
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
FR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- E
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR LH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- BRC
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Vehicle stopped 0.00 km/h (MPH)
RR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
G
When driving*1 play (within ±10%)
Brake pedal depressed On
STOP LAMP SW H
Brake pedal not depressed Off
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V
1st gear 0 I
2nd gear 1
3rd gear 2
4th gear 3
GEAR*2 5th gear 4 J
6th gear 5
7th gear 6
8th gear 7
Other 0 K
VDC OFF switch ON
On
(When VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON)
OFF SW L
VDC OFF switch OFF
Off
(When VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF)
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 d/s
M
YAW RATE SEN Vehicle turning right Negative value
Vehicle turning left Positive value
Accelerator pedal not depressed N
0%
(ignition switch is ON)
ACCEL POS SIG
Depress accelerator pedal
0 - 100%
(ignition switch is ON)
O
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 m/s2
SIDE G-SENSOR Vehicle turning right Negative value
Vehicle turning left Positive value P
Driving straight ±2.5°
STR ANGLE SIG Turn 90° to right Approx. +90°
Turn 90° to left Approx. −90°

BRC-163
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
With ignition switch turned ON and brake pedal re-
Approx. 0 bar
leased
PRESS SENSOR
With ignition switch turned ON and brake pedal de-
−40 to 300 bar
pressed
With engine stopped 0 rpm
ENGINE SPEED Almost in accordance with tachometer
Engine running
display
When brake fluid level switch ON On
FLUID LEV SW
When brake fluid level switch OFF Off
Parking brake switch is active On
PARK BRAKE SW
Parking brake switch is inactive Off
Active On
FR RH IN SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
FR RH OUT SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
FR LH IN SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
FR LH OUT SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
RR RH IN SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
RR RH OUT SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
RR LH IN SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
RR LH OUT SOL
Inactive Off
Active On
MOTOR RELAY
Inactive Off
Active On
ACTUATOR RLY *3
Inactive (in fail-safe mode) Off

When ABS warning lamp is ON*4 On


ABS WARN LAMP
When ABS warning lamp is OFF*4 Off

When brake warning lamp is ON*4 On


EBD WARN LAMP
When brake warning lamp is OFF*4 Off

When VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON*4 On


OFF LAMP
When VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF*4 Off

When VDC warning lamp is ON*4 On


SLIP/VDC LAMP
When VDC warning lamp is OFF*4 Off
EBD is active On
EBD SIGNAL
EBD is inactive Off
ABS is active On
ABS SIGNAL
ABS is inactive Off

BRC-164
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
A
TCS is active On
TCS SIGNAL
TCS is inactive Off
VDC is active On B
VDC SIGNAL
VDC is inactive Off
In EBD fail-safe On
EBD FAIL SIG
EBD is normal Off C
In ABS fail-safe On
ABS FAIL SIG
ABS is normal Off
D
In TCS fail-safe On
TCS FAIL SIG
TCS is normal Off
In VDC fail-safe On E
VDC FAIL SIG
VDC is normal Off
Crank is active On
CRANKING SIG BRC
Crank is inactive Off
Active On
USV[FL-RR]*3
Inactive Off G
Active On
USV[FR-RL]*3
Inactive Off
H
Active On
*3
HSV[FL-RR]
Inactive Off
Active On I
HSV[FR-RL]*3
Inactive Off
Active On
V/R OUTPUT*3 J
Inactive Off
Active On
M/R OUTPUT
Inactive Off
K
*1: Confirm tire pressure is standard value.
*2: Models with CVT or A/T
*3: Display occasionally changes On/Off for a moment after ignition switch is turned ON. This is operation for L
checking purposes and is not a malfunction.
*4: Refer to BRC-135, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp and each indicator
lamp.
M
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006714539

VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION AND BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION N
VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif-
ferential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS func-
tion and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated O
normally.
ABS FUNCTION
P
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system
[ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models
without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. However,
EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is per-
formed when ignition switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.
BRC-165
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a mal-
function occurs in system [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function. The
vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function
and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function.

DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition


C1101 When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1102 When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
C1103 When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit.
C1104 When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear RH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1105
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and rear RH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state. The following functions are sus-
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power pended.
supply voltage • VDC function
C1106
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and rear LH wheel sensor rotor is • ABS function
large. • EBD function (only when both 2
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear LH wheel sensor rotor is not nor- rear wheels are malfunctioning)
mal. • Brake limited slip differential
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel sensor circuit. (BLSD) function
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor
power supply voltage
C1107
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor and front RH wheel sensor rotor
is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front RH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V ≥ Front LH wheel sensor pow-
er supply voltage
C1108
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and front LH wheel sensor rotor is
large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front LH wheel sensor rotor is not
normal.
• When ignition power supply voltage is in following state. The following functions are sus-
C1109 - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage. pended.
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage. • VDC function
• TCS function
• ABS function
When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control • EBD function
C1110
unit). • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
C1111 When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay. • TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function

BRC-166
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
A
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel and others is detected during • TCS function B
C1115
the vehicle is driven, because of installation of other tires than specified. • ABS function
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function C
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function D
C1116 When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake pedal operates.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C1120 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN valve. E
C1121 When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT valve. The following functions are sus-
C1122 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN valve. pended.
• VDC function BRC
C1123 When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT valve. • TCS function
C1124 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN valve. • ABS function
• EBD function
C1125 When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT valve. • Brake limited slip differential G
C1126 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN valve. (BLSD) function

C1127 When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT valve.


H
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
C1130 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
• TCS function I
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus- J
pended.
• VDC function
• TCS function
C1140 When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.
• ABS function K
• EBD function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
L
C1142 When a malfunction is detected in VDC pressure sensor.
C1143 When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1144 When neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor is not complete. M
• VDC function
When a malfunction is detected in yaw rate signal, or signal line of yaw rate/side/ • TCS function
C1145
decel G sensor is open or shorted. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
C1146
When a malfunction is detected in side G signal, or signal line of yaw rate/side/decel N
G sensor is open or shorted.
The following functions are sus-
pended.
O
• VDC function
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is malfunctioning. (Pressure in-
C1153 • TCS function
crease is too much or too little)
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential P
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
C1155 When brake fluid level low signal is detected.
• TCS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function

BRC-167
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
DTC Malfunction detected condition Fail-safe condition
C1164 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 1. The following functions are sus-
pended.
C1165 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 2.
• VDC function
C1166 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 1. • TCS function
• ABS function
• EBD function
C1167 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 2. • Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function
The following functions are sus-
pended.
• VDC function
C1170 When the information in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not the same. • TCS function
• ABS function
• Brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function

C1197* When a malfunction is detected in vacuum sensor.


• When an open circuit is detected in vacuum sensor circuit.
Electrical vacuum assistance of
C1198* • When a short circuit is detected in vacuum sensor circuit.
brake booster is suspended.
• When a malfunction is detected in vacuum sensor noise.

C119A* When a malfunction is detected in power supply voltage of vacuum sensor.


When CAN communication signal is not continuously transmitted or received for 2 The following functions are sus-
U1000
seconds or more. pended.
• VDC function
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not transmitting or receiving • TCS function
U1002 • Brake limited slip differential
CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less.
(BLSD) function
*: Models with HR12DDR (LHD)
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000006714541

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check one by one depending on the following priority list.

Priority Detected item (DTC)


• U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1
• U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN)
• C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
2 • C1153 EMERGENCY BRAKE
• C1170 VARIANT CORDING
• C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1
3
• C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL
• C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL]
4 • C1111 PUMP MOTOR
• C1140 ACTUATOR RLY

BRC-168
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Priority Detected item (DTC)
A
• C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
• C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
• C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
• C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1 B
• C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
• C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
• C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
• C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2 C
• C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
• C1116 STOP LAMP SW
• C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL D
• C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL
5 • C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
• C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
E
• C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
• C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
• C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT BRC
• C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
• C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
• C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
• C1164 CV1 G
• C1165 CV2
• C1166 SV1
• C1167 SV2
• C1197 VACUUM SENSOR* H
• C1198 VACUUM SEN CIR*
• C119A VACUUM SEN VOLT*
6 • C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW I

*: Models with HR12DDR (LHD)


DTC Index INFOID:0000000006714542 J

DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference


K
C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
BRC-187, "DTC Logic"
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1 L
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
M
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
BRC-190, "DTC Logic"
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2 N
C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] BRC-196, "DTC Logic"
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE BRC-198, "DTC Logic"
O
C1111 PUMP MOTOR BRC-199, "DTC Logic"
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] BRC-201, "DTC Logic"
C1116 STOP LAMP SW BRC-207, "DTC Logic" P
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-212, "DTC Logic"
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-215, "DTC Logic"
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-212, "DTC Logic"
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-215, "DTC Logic"
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-212, "DTC Logic"

BRC-169
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-215, "DTC Logic"
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-212, "DTC Logic"
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-215, "DTC Logic"
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1 BRC-218, "DTC Logic"
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY BRC-219, "DTC Logic"
C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT BRC-222, "DTC Logic"
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT BRC-225, "DTC Logic"
C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL BRC-228, "DTC Logic"
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
BRC-229, "DTC Logic"
C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
C1153 EMERGENCY BRAKE BRC-198, "DTC Logic"
C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW BRC-230, "DTC Logic"
C1164 CV 1
BRC-233, "DTC Logic"
C1165 CV 2
C1166 SV 1
BRC-236, "DTC Logic"
C1167 SV 2
C1170 VARIANT CORDING BRC-198, "DTC Logic"
C1197* VACUUM SENSOR BRC-239, "DTC Logic"
C1198* VACUUM SEN CIR BRC-241, "DTC Logic"
C119A* VACUUM SEN VOLT BRC-243, "DTC Logic"
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT BRC-245, "DTC Logic"
U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN) BRC-246, "DTC Logic"
*: Models with HR12DDR (LHD)

BRC-170
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Application Notice INFOID:0000000007222146
B

Wiring diagram type Destination


C
• Models for Australia
• Models for New Zealand
• Models for Hong Kong
TYPE B
• Models for India (K9K engine models): Vehicle production: From October 2010 to April 2011 D
• Models for Europe (Without Stop / Start System) : Vehicle production: From July 2010 to June 2011
• Models for general area from India plant*
• Models for Europe (With Stop / Start System) : Vehicle production: From April 2011 to June 2011 E
TYPE C
• Models for South Africa
• Models for India: Vehicle production: From May 2011
TYPE D • Models for Lebanon and Jordan
• Models for Europe : Vehicle production: From July 2011 BRC

*: Refer to GI-26, "Information About Identification or Model Code" to identify a production plant.
TYPE B G

BRC-171
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006714545

JCFWM0707GB

BRC-172
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

BRC

JCFWM0708GB

BRC-173
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

JCFWM0709GB

BRC-174
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

BRC

JCFWM0710GB

TYPE C P

BRC-175
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
TYPE C : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007222147

JCFWM0793GB

BRC-176
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

BRC

JCFWM0794GB

BRC-177
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

JCFWM0795GB

BRC-178
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

BRC

JCFWM0796GB

TYPE D P

TYPE D : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007640502

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layout, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information".

BRC-179
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

JRFWC0057GB

BRC-180
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006714546
B

DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER C
Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing BRC-182, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully. Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necessary. D
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like “maybe the customer means that...,” or “
maybe the customer mentions this symptom”. E

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM BRC

Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to BRC-165, "Fail-
safe". G
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the under-
standing of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction. H

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results and freeze frame data (FFD). GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6. K
4.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnostic results. L
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedures for the error-detected system.
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the some time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on M
BRC-168, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)].
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-51,
"Intermittent Incident".
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE ERROR-DETECTED PART O
• Repair or replace error-detected parts.
• Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
• When DTC is detected, erase self-diagnostic result for “ABS”. P

>> GO TO 7.
6.IDENTIFY ERROR-DETECTED SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Estimate error-detected system based on symptom diagnosis and perform inspection.
Can the error-detected system be identified?

BRC-181
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-51,
"Intermittent Incident".
7.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT
1. Check the reference value for “ABS”.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that the symptom is not reproduced on the same conditions.
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000006714547

Description
• In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about his/her concerns carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
• In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.
INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE

Interview sheet
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)
† Does not operate ( ) function
† Warning lamp for ( ) turns ON.
Symptom † Noise † Vibration
† Other
( )
First occurrence † Recently † Other ( )
Frequency of occurrence † Always † Under a certain conditions of † Sometimes ( time(s)/day)
† Irrelevant

Climate con- Weather † Fine † Cloud † Rain †Snow † Others ( )


ditions Temperature † Hot †Warm † Cool † Cold † Temperature [Approx. °C ( °F)]
Relative humidity † High † Moderate † Low
† Urban area † Suburb area † Highway
Road conditions
† Mountainous road (uphill or downhill) † Rough road
†Irrelevant
†When engine starts † During idling
† During driving † During acceleration † At constant speed driving
Operating condition, etc.
† During deceleration
† During cornering (right curve or left curve)
† When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left)

BRC-182
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Interview sheet
A
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
B
Storage date Engine Mileage km ( Mile)

Other conditions
C
Memo

BRC

BRC-183
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC
UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ABS ACTUATOR AND ELEC-
TRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000006714675

When replaced the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), Perform decel G sensor calibration. Refer to
BRC-185, "Work Procedure".

BRC-184
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006714676

Always adjust the neutral position of steering angle sensor before driving when the following operation is per- B
formed.
×: Required —: Not required

Procedure Adjust the neutral position of steering angle sensor C


Removing/ installing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) —
Replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ×
Removing/installing steering angle sensor × D
Replacing steering angle sensor ×
Removing/installing steering components ×
E
Replacing steering components ×
Removing/installing suspension components ×
Replacing suspension components × BRC
Removing/installing tire —
Replacing tire —
G
Tire rotation —
Adjusting wheel alignment. ×

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006714677


H

CAUTION:
Always use CONSULT when adjusting the neutral position of steering angle sensor. (It cannot be I
adjusted other than with CONSULT.)
1.CHECK THE VEHICLE STATUS
J
Stop vehicle with front wheels in the straight-ahead position.
Does the vehicle stay in the straight-ahead position?
YES >> GO TO 2.
K
NO >> Steer the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Stop the vehicle.
2.ADJUST NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
With CONSULT L
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine. M
2. Select “ABS”, “WORK SUPPORT” and “ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT” in this order.
3. Select “START”.
CAUTION:
Never touch steering wheel while adjusting steering angle sensor. N
4. After approx. 10 seconds, select “END”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, and then turn it ON again.
CAUTION: O
Be sure to perform the operation above.

>> GO TO 3. P
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR
With CONSULT
1. The vehicle is either pointing straight ahead, or the vehicle needs to be moved. Stop when it is pointing
straight ahead.
2. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR”, “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” and “STR ANGLE SIG” in the order. Check that
the signal is within the specified value.

BRC-185
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

STR ANGLE SIG : 0±2.5°


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 1.
4.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY
With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result of “ABS”.
Are the memories erased?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis.

BRC-186
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714553
B

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


C
DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes
When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel
C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.
D
When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel • Harness or connector
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit. • Wheel sensor
When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1 E
sensor circuit. (control unit)

When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel


C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
sensor circuit.
BRC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
I
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle. J
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714554
L
CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR M

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
O
2.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor. P
- Front: Refer to BRC-268, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-270, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.

BRC-187
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
5. Stop the vehicle.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.)

BRC-188
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
19 E22 (Front LH wheel)
B
16 E39 (Front RH wheel)
E19 1 Existed
31 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
17 B41 (Rear RH wheel) C
Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
8 E22 (Front LH wheel)
4 E39 (Front RH wheel) E
E19 2 Existed
18 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
29 B41 (Rear RH wheel)
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 8.
G
8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. H
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more. I
5. Start the engine.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. J
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> INSPECTION END K

9.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR


With CONSULT L
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-268, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-270, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". M
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. N
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1101”, “C1102”, “C1103” or “C1104” detected? O
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END P

BRC-189
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714555

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
≥ Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and
rear RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
≥ Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and
rear LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear • Harness or connector
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal. • Wheel sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit
• When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel (control unit)
sensor circuit. • Sensor rotor
• When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
V ≥ Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between front RH wheel sensor
and front RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.
• When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel
sensor circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sen-
sor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.2 V
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
≥ Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
• When distance between front LH wheel sensor and
front LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
• When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

BRC-190
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-191, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714556
B
CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM C

Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-248, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure". BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3. G
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT H
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR” I
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”. J
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- K
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5. L
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. M
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR O

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the P
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-268, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-269, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?

BRC-191
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-268, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-270, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT-
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
BRC-192
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected? A
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL B

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
C
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
E
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT-
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. BRC
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine. G
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE: H
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting I
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13.
J
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT K
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. L
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END M
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. N
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
O
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
P
19, 8
16, 4
E19 Ground Not existed
31, 18
17, 29
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.

BRC-193
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-268, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-270, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19.
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR
With CONSULT
BRC-194
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
1. Replace sensor rotor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-272, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation". A
- Rear: Refer to BRC-272, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
B
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. C
Is DTC “C1105”, “C1106”, “C1107” or “C1108” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion". D
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC

BRC-195
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714558

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When ignition power supply voltage is in following • Harness or connector
state. • ABS actuator and electric unit
BATTERY VOLTAGE - Ignition power supply voltage: 10 V ≥ Ignition pow- (control unit)
C1109
[ABNORMAL] er supply voltage. • Fuse
- Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition pow- • Ignition power supply system
er supply voltage. • Battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714559

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1109” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 28 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
BRC-196
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 28 Ground 10 − 16 V
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. C
4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#53). D
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector. E

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal BRC
E19 28 E14 56 Existed
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
G
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity H
Connector Terminal
E19 28 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply.
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-130, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-208, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -". J
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-261, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT K
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
L
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M
13
E19 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL O

• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-197
C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714560

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS ac-
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE
tuator and electric unit (control unit).
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is
ABS actuator and electric unit
C1153 EMERGENCY BRAKE malfunctioning. (Pressure increase is too much or too
(control unit)
little)
When the information in ABS actuator and electric
C1170 VARIANT CODING
unit (control unit) is not the same.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1110”, “C1153” or “C1170” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714561

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1110”, “C1153” or “C1170” is
displayed in self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

BRC-198
C1111 PUMP MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1111 PUMP MOTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714562

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor re-
C1111 PUMP MOTOR (control unit)
lay.
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1111” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714563

1.CHECK CONNECTOR J

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1111” detected? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
3.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. O
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) P


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 1 Ground Battery voltage
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-199
C1111 PUMP MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#I).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E19 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-200
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714564

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
When difference in wheel speed between any wheel • Wheel sensor
ABS SENSOR
C1115 and others is detected during the vehicle is driven, • Sensor rotor
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
because of installation of other tires than specified. • ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. H
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? I
YES >> Proceed to BRC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714565
J

CAUTION:
For wheel sensor, never check between terminals. K
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-248, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M

2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. N
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-9, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. O
NO >> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
P
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
BRC-201
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
3. Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
• Front: Refer to BRC-268, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
• Rear: Refer to BRC-269, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-268, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-270, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 19.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC-202
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

8.CHECK CONNECTOR A
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.
C
9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. D
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR” E
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor. BRC
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively? G
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10. PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3) H

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. I
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
J
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK TERMINAL K
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. L
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.
12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3) N
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector. O
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
P
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
BRC-203
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> INSPECTION END
14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sen-
sor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.)
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
19 E22 (Front LH wheel)
16 E39 (Front RH wheel)
E19 1 Existed
31 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
17 B41 (Rear RH wheel)

Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
8 E22 (Front LH wheel)
4 E39 (Front RH wheel)
E19 2 Existed
18 B44 (Rear LH wheel)
29 B41 (Rear RH wheel)
5. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
19, 8
16, 4
E19 Ground Not existed
31, 18
17, 29
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.
15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.

BRC-204
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
6. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”. A
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
B
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ-
ence within 5%, respectively?
C
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> GO TO 17.
16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5) D
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle. E
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> GO TO 17. BRC
NO >> INSPECTION END
17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR
G
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
- Front: Refer to BRC-268, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-270, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation". H
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine. I
5. Select “ABS” and “DATA MONITOR”, check “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”
and “RR RH SENSOR”.
NOTE:
Set the “DATA MONITOR” recording speed to “10 msec”. J
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the differ- K
ence within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 19. L
18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute. M
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1115” detected? N
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> INSPECTION END
19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR O

With CONSULT
1. Replace sensor rotor. P
- Front: Refer to BRC-272, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
- Rear: Refer to BRC-272, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
4. Start the engine.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
BRC-205
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Is DTC “C1115” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC-206
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714679

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
• Stop lamp switch
When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake
C1116 STOP LAMP SW • ABS actuator and electric unit
pedal operates.
(control unit)
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1116” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714680

NOTE: J
DTC “C1116” may be detected when the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed
for 1 minute or more while driving the vehicle. This is not a malfunction.
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER K

Check if the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed for 1 minute or more while
driving the vehicle.
L
Is there such a history?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
M
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. N
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION: O
Never start the vehicle.
4. Depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
P
Is DTC “C1116” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION
Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON.
Does stop lamp turn ON?

BRC-207
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check stop lamp circuit, and GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-163, "Reference Value".
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “pressure sensor” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-163, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check stop lamp switch clearance.
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-55, "Inspection and Adjustment".
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance. GO TO 6.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-55, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
6.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-163, "Reference Value".
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “pressure sensor” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-163, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-210, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. GO TO 8.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-65, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-113, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-171, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.

BRC-208
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
3. Start the engine.
CAUTION: A
Never start the vehicle.
4. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-163, "Reference Value".
B
5. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “pressure sensor” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-163, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL D
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. E
4. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
5. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
6. Check stop lamp switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness. BRC
7. Check stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 10.
10.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4) H
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”. I
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
CAUTION: J
Never start the vehicle.
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-163, "Reference Value".
K
7. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “pressure sensor” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-163, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (1) M
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. N

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal O
Brake pedal depressed Battery voltage
E19 30 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
P
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-209
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Brake pedal depressed Battery voltage
E19 30 Ground
Brake pedal not depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 12.
12.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop lamp
switch harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Stop lamp switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E114*1
E19 30 2 Existed
E115*2
*1: With M/T
*2: Except for M/T
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E19 30 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 13.
13.CHECK DATA MONITOR (5)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
Never start the vehicle.
6. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “STOP LAMP SW” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “On” or “Off” when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-163, "Reference Value".
7. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “pressure sensor” according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays “5 bar” or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-163, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006714681

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

BRC-210
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity when stop lamp switch is operated. A

Stop lamp switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal B
When stop lamp switch is released
Existed
(When brake pedal is depressed)
1–2 C
When stop lamp switch is pressed
Not existed
(When brake pedal is released)
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-65, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-113, "Removal and Installation". E
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-171, "Removal and Installation".

BRC

BRC-211
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714568

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN • Harness or connector
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve.
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN • Fusible link
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-212, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714569

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1120”, “C1122”, “C1124” or “C1126” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage

BRC-212
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: A
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
B
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO (TYPE B)>>GO TO 4. D
NO (TYPE C with M/T)>>GO TO 5.
NO (TYPE C with CVT)>>GO TO 6.
NO (TYPE D without Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 4. E
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (M/T)]>>GO TO 5.
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (CVT)]>>GO TO 6.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1) BRC
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector G
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply. H
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 50A fusible link (#O). J
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 50A fusible link (#O).
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -". L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (3)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. M
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D). N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -". O
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT P
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

BRC-213
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E19 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-214
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714570

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT C
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve.
When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT • Harness or connector
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL • ABS actuator and electric unit
valve. D
(control unit)
When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT • Fusible link
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
valve. • Battery power supply system
When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT E
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
valve.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


BRC
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. I
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-215, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714571

K
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. M

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again. N
Is DTC “C1121”, “C1123”, “C1125” or “C1127” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END O
3.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. P
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage

BRC-215
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO (TYPE B)>>GO TO 4.
NO (TYPE C with M/T)>>GO TO 5.
NO (TYPE C with CVT)>>GO TO 6.
NO (TYPE D without Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 4.
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (M/T)]>>GO TO 5.
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (CVT)]>>GO TO 6.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 50A fusible link (#O).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 50A fusible link (#O).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (3)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

BRC-216
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E19 Ground Existed B
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. C
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK TERMINAL
D
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
BRC

BRC-217
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714682

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• ECM
• ABS actuator and electric unit
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
(control unit)
• CAN communication line

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1130” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714683

1.CHECK ENGINE SYSTEM


With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait 10 second or more.
3. Start the engine and drive the vehicle for a short period of time.
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check that the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) turns OFF.
6. After the vehicle stops, perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1130” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Check pin terminals and connection of each harness connector for abnormal conditions. Repair or
replace error-detected parts.

BRC-218
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714574

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay. (control unit)
• Fusible link
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1140” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-219, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714575

1.CHECK CONNECTOR J

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1140” detected? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. O
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) P


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-219
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO (TYPE B)>>GO TO 4.
NO (TYPE C with M/T)>>GO TO 5.
NO (TYPE C with CVT)>>GO TO 6.
NO (TYPE D without Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 4.
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (M/T)]>>GO TO 5.
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (CVT)]>>GO TO 6.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 50A fusible link (#O).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 50A fusible link (#O).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (3)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E19 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.

BRC-220
C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK TERMINAL A

Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
C
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC

BRC-221
C1142 PRESS SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1142 PRESS SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714688

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Stop lamp switch system
When a malfunction is detected in VDC pressure sen- • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT
sor. (control unit)
• VDC pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1142” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714689

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SYSTEM


Check stop lamp switch system. Refer to BRC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
Check brake fluid leakage.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-57, "Inspection".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-104, "Inspection".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-162, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE PIPING
Check brake piping.
• FRONT
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-70, "FRONT : Inspection".
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-120, "FRONT : Inspection".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-177, "FRONT : Inspection".
• REAR
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-73, "REAR : Inspection".
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-124, "REAR : Inspection".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-181, "REAR : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.

BRC-222
C1142 PRESS SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL A

Check brake pedal.


• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-66, "Inspection and Adjustment".
B
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-114, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-172, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER D
Check brake master cylinder.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-76, "Inspection".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-130, "Inspection". E
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-186, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. BRC
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER
Check brake booster. G
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-78, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-133, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-189, "Inspection and Adjustment". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
7.CHECK VACUUM PIPING
Check vacuum piping.
• TYPE 2 (HR12DE): Refer to BR-81, "HR12DE, HR15DE : Inspection". J
• TYPE 2: (HR12DDR): Refer to BR-82, "HR12DDR : Inspection".
• TYPE 3 (HR12DE): Refer to BR-135, "HR12DE, HR15DE : Inspection".
• TYPE 3 (HR12DDR): Refer to BR-137, "HR12DDR : Inspection". K
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-191, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK FRONT DISC BRAKE
M
Check front disc brake.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-88, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-146, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-198, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
9.CHECK REAR DRUM BRAKE
Check rear drum brake. P
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-91, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-150, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-204, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-223
C1142 PRESS SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

10.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Start the engine and drive the vehicle for a short period of time.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1142” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and terminal for damage,
looseness and disconnection. Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-224
C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714690

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
• Steering angle sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sen-
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT (control unit)
sor. D
• Fuse
• Ignition power supply system
• CAN communication line
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT H
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1143” detected? I
YES >> Proceed to BRC-225, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714691
J

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
K
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS M
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1143” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
O
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering angle sensor harness connector.
3. Check voltage between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.
P
Steering angle sensor
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
M30 4 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:

BRC-225
C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.

Steering angle sensor


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
M30 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO (TYPE B)>>GO TO 4.
NO (TYPE C)>>GO TO 5.
NO (TYPE D without Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 4.
NO (TYPE D with Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 5.
4.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#53).
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between steering angle sensor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Steering angle sensor IPDM E/R


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M30 4 E14 56 Existed
5. Check for continuity between steering angle sensor harness connector and the ground.

Steering angle sensor


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M30 4 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-130, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D without Stop / Start System: Refer to PG-261, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#66).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between steering angle sensor harness connector terminal (4) and 10A
fuse (#66).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-208, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D without Stop / Start System: Refer to PG-261, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.

Steering angle sensor


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M30 1 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

BRC-226
C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
7.CHECK TERMINAL
Check steering angle sensor pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
C
8.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Check “STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT”. Refer to LAN-68, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
• For Europe: Refer to BRC-125, "FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Harness Repair".
• Except for Europe: Refer to BRC-128, "EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Harness
Repair". BRC

BRC-227
C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714692

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector
• Steering angle sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit
When neutral position adjustment of steering angle
C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL (control unit)
sensor is not complete.
• Incomplete neutral position ad-
justment of steering angle sen-
sor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1144” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714693

1.ADJUST THE NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


Perform neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-185, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1144” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SYSTEM
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering angle sensor system. Refer to BRC-225, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-228
C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714694

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


• Harness or connector C
When a malfunction is detected in yaw rate signal, or sig-
• Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR nal line of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is open or short-
• ABS actuator and electric unit
ed.
(control unit)
D
When a malfunction is detected in side G signal, or signal
C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
line of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is open or shorted.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. G
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. H
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1145” or “C1146” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-229, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714695
J

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than “C1145” or “C1146” is displayed K
in self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa- L
tion".

BRC-229
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714696

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector
• When brake fluid level low signal is detected. • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW • When an open circuit is detected in brake fluid level (control unit)
switch circuit. • Brake fluid level switch
• Combination meter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714697

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check brake fluid level.
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-57, "Inspection".
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-104, "Inspection".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-162, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill brake fluid.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-57, "Refilling".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-104, "Refilling".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-162, "Refilling".
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Check brake fluids level switch. Refer to BRC-232, "Component Inspection".

BRC-230
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. A
NO >> Replace reservoir tank. GO TO 4.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-75, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-129, "Disassembly and Assembly". B
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-185, "Disassembly and Assembly".
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)
With CONSULT C
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON. D
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
E
Is DTC “C1155” detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5. BRC
5.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector. G
3. Check brake fluid level switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check brake fluid level switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
5. Disconnect combination meter harness connector. H
6. Check combination meter harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check combination meter pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3) J
With CONSULT
1. Connect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
2. Connect combination meter harness connector. K
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
5. Turn the ignition switch ON.
L
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1155” detected? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.
N
7.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH HARNESS
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector. O
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.
P
Brake fluid level switch Combination meter
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E37*1
1 M34 36 Existed
E78*2
*1: TYPE B, TYPE C (RHD) and TYPE D (RHD)

BRC-231
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
*2: TYPE C (LHD) and TYPE D (LHD)
5. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal

E37*1
1 Ground Not existed
E78*2
*1: TYPE B, TYPE C (RHD) and TYPE D (RHD)
*2: TYPE C (LHD) and TYPE D (LHD)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 8.
8.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal

E37*1
2 Ground Existed
E78*2
*1: TYPE B, TYPE C (RHD) and TYPE D (RHD)
*2: TYPE C (LHD) and TYPE D (LHD)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 9.
9.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-49, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-155, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006714698

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between terminals of brake fluid level switch.

Brake fluid level switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
When brake fluid level in reservoir tank is within the specified level. Not existed
1–2 When brake fluid level in reservoir tank is less than the specified
Existed
level.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace reservoir tank.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-75, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-129, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-185, "Disassembly and Assembly".

BRC-232
C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714699

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


C1164 CV1 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 1. • Harness or connector C
• ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
C1165 CV2 When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 2. • Fusible link
• Battery power supply system D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E

If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1164” or “C1165” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-233, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714700

J
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
M
Is DTC “C1164” or “C1165” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. O
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) P


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-233
C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO (TYPE B)>>GO TO 4.
NO (TYPE C with M/T)>>GO TO 5.
NO (TYPE C with CVT)>>GO TO 6.
NO (TYPE D without Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 4.
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (M/T)]>>GO TO 5.
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (CVT)]>>GO TO 6.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 50A fusible link (#O).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 50A fusible link (#O).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (3)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK CUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E19 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.

BRC-234
C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK TERMINAL A

Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
C
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC

BRC-235
C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714701

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


C1166 SV1 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 1. • Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
C1167 SV2 When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 2. • Fusible link
• Battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1166” or “C1167” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714702

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1166” or “C1167” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-236
C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO (TYPE B)>>GO TO 4. C
NO (TYPE C with M/T)>>GO TO 5.
NO (TYPE C with CVT)>>GO TO 6.
NO (TYPE D without Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 4.
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (M/T)]>>GO TO 5. D
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (CVT)]>>GO TO 6.
4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1) E
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M). BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -". G
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5. CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2) H

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check 50A fusible link (#O).
I
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 50A fusible link (#O).
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. K
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (3)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. L
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -". N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK SUCTION VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
O
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
P
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E19 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.

BRC-237
C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-238
C1197 VACUUM SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1197 VACUUM SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007251811

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
• Vacuum sensor
C1197 VACUUM SENSOR When a malfunction is detected in vacuum sensor. • Vacuum piping
• ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. H
Is DTC “C1197” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007251812

1.CHECK CONNECTOR J

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check vacuum sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
K
3. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again. M
Is DTC “C1197” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END N
3.CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. O
2. Check brake booster. Refer to BR-78, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. P
NO >> Replace brake booster. Refer to BR-77, "Removal and installation".
4.CHECK VACUUM PIPING
Check vacuum piping. Refer to BR-82, "HR12DDR : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace vacuum piping. Refer to BR-82, "HR12DDR : Removal and Installation".

BRC-239
C1197 VACUUM SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

5.CHECK VACUUM SENSOR CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect vacuum sensor harness connector.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check continuity between vacuum sensor harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) harness connector.

Vacuum sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 12
E85 2 E19 24 Existed
3 5
4. Check continuity between vacuum sensor harness connector and ground.

Vacuum sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
E85 2 Ground Not existed
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check vacuum sensor pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.REPLACE VACUUM SENSOR
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Replace vacuum sensor. Refer to BR-77, "Removal and installation".
CAUTION:
Always replace brake booster because vacuum sensor cannot be disassembled.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
5. Start engine.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1197” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC-240
C1198 VACUUM SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C1198 VACUUM SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007251813

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When an open circuit is detected in vacuum sensor C
circuit. • Harness or connector
• When a short circuit is detected in vacuum sensor • Vacuum sensor
C1198 VACUUM SEN CIR
circuit. • ABS actuator and electric unit
• When a malfunction is detected in vacuum sensor (control unit) D
noise.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. BRC

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. H
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1198” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007251814
J
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. K
2. Check vacuum sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS M
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
Is DTC “C1198” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK VACUUM SENSOR CIRCUIT
O
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect vacuum sensor harness connector.
3. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
4. Check continuity between vacuum sensor harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control P
unit) harness connector.

BRC-241
C1198 VACUUM SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

Vacuum sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 12
E85 2 E19 24 Existed
3 5
5. Check continuity between vacuum sensor harness connector and ground.

Vacuum sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
E85 2 Ground Not existed
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check vacuum sensor pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE VACUUM SENSOR
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Replace vacuum sensor. Refer to BR-77, "Removal and installation".
CAUTION:
Always replace brake booster because vacuum sensor cannot be disassembled.
3. Erase Self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
5. Start engine.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “C1198” detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> INSPECTION END

BRC-242
C119A VACUUM SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
C119A VACUUM SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007251815

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• Harness or connector C
When a malfunction is detected in supply power volt- • Vacuum sensor
C119A VACUUM SEN VOLT
age of vacuum sensor. • ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
BRC
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
G
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
H
Is DTC “C119A” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007251816

1.CHECK CONNECTOR J
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check vacuum sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again.
M
Is DTC “C119A” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
3.CHECK VACUUM SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect vacuum sensor harness connector. O
3. Check voltage between vacuum sensor harness connector and ground.

Vacuum sensor P
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E85 3 Ground 0V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between vacuum sensor harness connector and ground.

BRC-243
C119A VACUUM SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

Vacuum sensor
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E85 3 Ground 4.75 V – 5.25 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VACUUM SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check continuity between vacuum sensor harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) harness connector.

Vacuum sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E85 3 E19 5 Existed
4. Check continuity between vacuum sensor harness connector and ground.

Vacuum sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E85 3 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK VACUUM SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between vacuum sensor harness connector and ground.

Vacuum sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E85 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check vacuum sensor pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-244
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000006714595

CAN communication allows a high rate of information transmission through the two communication lines B
(CAN-H line and CAN-L line) connecting various control units in the system. Each control unit transmits/
receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714596 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


D
DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes
When CAN communication signal is not continuously CAN communication system mal-
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
transmitted or received for 2 seconds or more function E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING BRC
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. I
Is DTC “U1000” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714597

Proceed to LAN-20, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". K

BRC-245
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000006714598

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006714599

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not • CAN communication line
U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN) transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 • ABS actuator and electric unit
seconds or less. (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC “U1002” detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714600

CAUTION:
• Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal.
• Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when
checking the harness.
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR
1. Select “ABS” and “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” in order with CONSULT.
2. Check malfunction history between each control unit connected to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
Check the result of “PAST”?
All items are “OK”>>Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>>GO TO 2.
A control unit other than ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is anything other than “OK”>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT
Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals No. 14 and 26 for damage
or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.

BRC-246
U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-10, "Precautions for Harness
Repair". A
3.CHECK APPLICABLE CONTROL UNIT
Check damage or loose connection of each CAN communication line harness connector terminals.
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Erase self-diagnosis results. Then perform self-diagnosis for applicable control unit with CON-
SULT.
C
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to LAN-10, "Precautions for Harness
Repair".

BRC

BRC-247
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714603

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY (1)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 28 Ground Approx. 0 V
4. Turn the ignition switch ON
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 28 Ground 10 − 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#53).
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) IPDM E/R


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E19 28 E14 56 Existed
5. Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E19 28 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ignition power supply.
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-130, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-208, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-261, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

BRC-248
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 1 Ground Battery voltage
B
3. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
4. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground. C

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage D
Connector Terminal
E19 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BRC

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Check 40A fusible link (#I).
G
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 40A fusible link (#I).
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -". I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY
J
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
K
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
L
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage
4. Turn the ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: M
Never start engine.
5. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
N
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E19 25 Ground Battery voltage O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO (TYPE B)>>GO TO 6. P
NO (TYPE C with M/T)>>GO TO 7.
NO (TYPE C with CVT)>>GO TO 8.
NO (TYPE D without Stop / Start System)>>GO TO 6.
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (M/T)]>>GO TO 7.
NO [TYPE D with Stop / Start System (CVT)]>>GO TO 8.
6.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1)
BRC-249
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 40A fusible link (#M).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 40A fusible link (#M).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE B: Refer to PG-86, "TYPE B : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 50A fusible link (#O).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 50A fusible link (#O).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (3)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 60A fusible link (#D).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (25) and 60A fusible link (#D).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery power supply.
• TYPE C: Refer to PG-162, "TYPE C : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• TYPE D: Refer to PG-246, "TYPE D : Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
13
E19 Ground Existed
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
10.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check IPDM E/R pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

BRC-250
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006714612

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH OPERATION B


Operate the parking brake lever. Then check that the brake warning lamp in the combination meter turns ON/
OFF correctly.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to BRC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714613

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT E


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
BRC
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and combination meter harness con-
nector.

G
Parking brake switch Combination meter
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M11 1 M34 37 Existed H
5. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector and ground.

Parking brake switch I


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M11 1 Ground Not existed
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. K
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-251, "Component Inspection".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-3, "Removal and Installation".
M
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-49, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Check each pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items
are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-155, "Removal and Installation". O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006714614

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH P

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
3. Remove parking brake switch. Refer to PB-3, "Removal and Installation".
4. Check continuity between parking brake switch harness connector.

BRC-251
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

Parking brake switch Condition Continuity



Terminal When the parking brake switch is operated. Existed
1 Ground When the parking brake switch is not operated. Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-3, "Removal and Installation".

BRC-252
VDC (ESP) OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
VDC (ESP) OFF SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006714704

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH OPERATION B


Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when VDC OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714705
D

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect VDC OFF switch harness connector.
4. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and VDC OFF
BRC
switch harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit


(control unit)
VDC OFF switch G
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E19 15 M5 1 Existed H
5. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (con- I


trol unit) — Continuity
Connector Terminal
E19 15 Ground Not existed J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between VDC OFF switch harness connector and ground. L

VDC OFF switch


— Continuity M
Connector Terminal
M5 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH O
Check VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-254, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-277, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Connect VDC OFF switch harness connector.
3. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “OFF SW” according to this order. Check VDC OFF switch signal.
BRC-253
VDC (ESP) OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

Condition DATA MONITOR


When VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator
On
lamp in combination meter is in ON status
When VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator
Off
lamp in combination meter is in OFF status
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TERMINAL
• Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with har-
ness connector.
• Check VDC OFF switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006714706

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect triple switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between terminals of VDC OFF switch connector.

VDC OFF switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
When VDC OFF switch is pressed Existed
1–2
When VDC OFF switch is not pressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-277, "Removal and Installation".

BRC-254
ABS WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
ABS WARNING LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006714624

1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP FUNCTION B


Check that ABS warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Proceed to BRC-255, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714625
E
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
BRC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS H
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected? I
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-169, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP SIGNAL J

With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “ABS WARN LAMP” according to this order. K
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION: L
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-49, "CONSULT Function". M
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
N

BRC-255
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006714626

1.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (1)


Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to BRC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (2)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when parking brake is operated.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (when parking brake switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check parking brake switch system. Refer to BRC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (3)
Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when brake fluid level switch is operated
while brake fluid level in reservoir tank is with the specified level.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (when brake fluid level switch is
ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check brake fluid level switch system. Refer to BRC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714627

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-169, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-49, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-155, "Removal and Installation".

BRC-256
VDC (ESP) WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
VDC (ESP) WARNING LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006714707

1.CHECK VDC WARNING LAMP FUNCTION B


Check that VDC warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION: C
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-257, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714708
E
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
BRC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS H
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is any DTC detected? I
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-169, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VDC WARNING LAMP SIGNAL J

With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “SLIP/VDC LAMP” according to this order. K
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON, and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION: L
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-49, "CONSULT Function". M
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
N

BRC-257
VDC (ESP) OFF INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
VDC (ESP) OFF INDICATOR LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006714709

1.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (1)


Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON for approx. 1 second after ignition switch
is turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK VDC INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (2)
Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when VDC OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check VDC OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714710

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL (1)
With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “OFF LAMP” according to this order.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Check that data monitor displays “On” for approx. 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON, and then
changes to “Off”.
CAUTION:
Never start engine.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
3.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL (2)
With CONSULT
1. Select “ABS”, “DATA MONITOR” and “OFF LAMP” according to this order.
2. Check that data monitor displays “On” or “Off” each time when VDC OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-49, "CONSULT Function".
NO >> Check VDC OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".

BRC-258
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY
Description INFOID:0000000006714632
B
ABS function and EBD function operates in excessive operation frequency.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714633 C

1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE


Check brake force using a brake tester. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check brake system. E
2.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE
Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle. BRC
• Front axle
- TYPE 2: Refer to FAX-44, "Inspection".
- TYPE 3: Refer to FAX-88, "Inspection".
• Rear axle: Refer to RAX-5, "Inspection" G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H

3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR


Check wheel sensor. I
• Check installation and damage of wheel sensor.
• Check connection of wheel sensor harness connector.
• Check terminal of wheel sensor harness connector.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace wheel sensor.
K
• Front wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-268, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-270, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK SENSOR ROTOR L
Check that there is no looseness, damage or foreign material on sensor rotor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. M
NO >> Repair installation or replace sensor rotor.
• Front sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-272, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
• Rear sensor rotor. Refer to BRC-272, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation". N
5.CHECK WARNING LAMP TURNS OFF
Check that ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp turn OFF approx. 1 second after key switch is turned
ON and stay in OFF status during driving. O
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON). P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.

BRC-259
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
Description INFOID:0000000006714634

A malfunction of brake pedal feel (height or others) is detected when brake pedal is depressed.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714635

1.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE


Check that there is no excessive looseness in front and rear axle.
• Front axle
- TYPE 2: Refer to FAX-44, "Inspection".
- TYPE 3: Refer to FAX-88, "Inspection".
• Rear axle: Refer to RAX-5, "Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK DISC ROTOR
Check disc rotor runout.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-61, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-108, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-166, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refinish or replace disc rotor.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-61, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-108, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-166, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEAKAGE
Check fluid leakage.
• Front
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-70, "FRONT : Inspection".
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-120, "FRONT : Inspection".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-177, "FRONT : Inspection".
• Rear
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-73, "REAR : Inspection".
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-124, "REAR : Inspection".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-181, "REAR : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL
Check each item of brake pedal.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-55, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust each item of brake pedal.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-55, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-102, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-160, "Inspection and Adjustment".
5.CHECK BRAKING FORCE
Check brake force using a brake tester.

BRC-260
UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. A
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
6.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE
B
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check that
brake force is normal in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> Normal
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
D

BRC

BRC-261
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
Description INFOID:0000000006714636

Brake stopping distance is long when ABS function is operated.


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714637

CAUTION:
Brake stopping distance on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road may become
longer when ABS is operated than when ABS is not operated.
1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE
Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check each components of brake system.
2.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check brake
stopping distance in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO >> Check each components of brake system.

BRC-262
DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
DOES NOT OPERATE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006714638

ABS function and EBD function does not operate. B


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714639

CAUTION: C
ABS function and EBD function never operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less.
1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP
Check that ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp turn ON and turn OFF approx. 1 D
second after key switch is turned ON. Check that ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp and stay in OFF
status during driving.
CAUTION: E
Brake warning lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (parking brake switch is ON) or brake
fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch is ON).
Is the inspection result normal? BRC
YES >> Normal
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
G

BRC-263
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
Description INFOID:0000000006714640

• Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs, when the
engine starts.
• Brake pedal vibrates during braking.
CAUTION:
Vibration may be felt during brake pedal is lightly depressed (just placing a foot on it) in the following
conditions. This is normal.
• When shifting gears
• When driving on slippery road
• During cornering at high speed
• When passing over bumps or grooves [Approx. 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
• When pulling away just after starting engine [at approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or higher]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714641

1.SYMPTOM CHECK 1
Check that there are pedal vibrations when the engine is started.
Do vibrations occur?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check brake pedal.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-66, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-114, "Inspection and Adjustment".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-172, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2.SYMPTOM CHECK 2
Check that motor noise from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs when the engine starts.
Does the operation sound occur?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” with CONSULT.
3.SYMPTOM CHECK 3
Check symptoms when electrical component (headlamps, etc.) switches are operated.
Does the symptom occur?
YES >> Check that radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead-in wires are not located near ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit). Move them if they are located near ABS actuator and elec-
tric unit (control unit).
NO >> Normal

BRC-264
VEHICLE JERKS DURING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
VEHICLE JERKS DURING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006714642

The vehicle jerks when ABS function and EBD function operates. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714643

1.CHECK SYMPTOM C
Check that the vehicle jerks when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake limited
slip differential (BLSD) function operates.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> Normal
NO >> GO TO 2.
E
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”. BRC
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-169, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3. G
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
With CONSULT H
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check connector terminal for deformation, disconnection and looseness.
4. Connect harness connector and perform self-diagnosis for “ABS” again. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector terminal. J
4.CHECK ECM AND TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
With CONSULT K
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” and “TRANSMISSION” (for CVT or A/T models).
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. L
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-274, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
M

BRC-265
ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARNING LAMP TURN ON
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
ABS WARNING LAMP AND BRAKE WARNING LAMP TURN ON
Description INFOID:0000000006714644

ABS warning lamp and Brake warning lamp turn ON for a moment when restating the engine. (Vehicles with
the stop / start system)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006714645

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
CAUTION:
The vehicle must be in a stopped state.
2. Connect booster battery (12V) and jumper cable to battery cable.
3. Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “ECM”.
4. Select “AUTO STOP START” in “ACTIVE TEST”.
5. Touch “Start”.
CAUTION:
• Since the engine runs with the hood open, special care must be taken when performing the
work.
• If the idling stop state cannot be developed, refer to EC3-68, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System
Description" (HR12DE), EC3-867, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT Models)"
[HR12DDR (CVT models)], EC3-874, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T Models)"
[HR12DDR (M/T models)].
6. Check the ABS warning lamp state and the brake warning lamp state when “Cancel” is touched under the
idling stop state.
Are the ABS warning lamp and the brake warning lamp OFF?
YES >> Check the battery.
• For maintenance required battery models (without stop/start system): Refer to PG-511, "FOR
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Work Procedure (Without Stop/Start Sys-
tem)".
• For maintenance required battery models (with stop/start system): Refer to PG-516, "FOR
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Work Procedure (With Stop/Start System)".
• For maintenance free battery models: Refer to PG-519, "FOR MAINTENANCE FREE BAT-
TERY MODELS : Work Flow".
NO >> Perform Self-diagnosis for “ABS”.

BRC-266
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006714646

B
Symptom Result
Brake pedal slightly vibrates and operation sound (motor sound and sound from suspen-
sion) occurs when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited
C
slip differential (BLSD) function operates.
This is not a malfunction, The symptom
Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending occurs VDC function, TCS function, ABS
on the road conditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, function, EBD function and brake limited
gravel road or snowy road. slip differential (BLSD) function that are D
normally operated.
Brake pedal vibrates and operation sound occurs during sudden acceleration and corner-
ing, when VDC function, TCS function or brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is
operated. E
This is not a malfunction, because it is
Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from the engine room occurs, when the engine starts
caused by operation check of ABS actua-
or the vehicle starts just after starting the engine
tor and electric unit (control unit). BRC
Acceleration may be felt insufficient depending on the road conditions. This is not a malfunction, because it is
caused by TCS function that puts the
TCS function may operate momentarily, while driving on a road where friction coefficient highest priority to obtain the optimum
varies, or when downshifting, or fully depressing accelerator pedal. traction (stability). G
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, when the vehicle is on a rotating
turntable or is given a strong shaking or large vibrations on a ship while the engine is run-
ning. H
In this case, restart the engine on a nor-
VDC warning lamp may turn ON and VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip dif-
mal road. If the normal condition is re-
ferential (BLSD) function may not normally operate, when driving on a special road the is
stored, there is no malfunction. In that
extremely slanted (bank in a circuit course). I
case, erase “ABS” self-diagnosis result
A malfunction in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system may be detected when the vehicle memory with CONSULT.
sharply turns during a spin turn, acceleration turn or drift driving while VDC function, TCS
function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function are OFF (VDC OFF switch is
pressed and VDC OFF indicator lamp is in ON status). J
This is not a malfunction. (When checking
The vehicle speed does not increase, when the accelerator pedal is depressed while the the vehicle on a chassis dynamometer,
vehicle is on a 2-wheel chassis dynamometer for speedometer check. operate VDC OFF switch so that TCS K
function is OFF.)

BRC-267
WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000006714647

JPFIC0202GB

1. Front LH wheel sensor 2. Front LH wheel sensor harness con-


nector

: Vehicle front
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

NOTE:
Front RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006714648

REMOVAL
1. Remove tires.
2. Remove the fender protector (front). Refer to EXT-21, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
3. Remove front wheel sensor from steering knuckle.
CAUTION:
Never rotate and never pull front wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
4. Remove front wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never twist or pull front wheel sensor harness, when removing.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.

BRC-268
WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of front wheel sensor
mounting hole of steering knuckle and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like A
iron powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
• Never twist front wheel sensor harness when installing front wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
B
Check that front wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.

JPFIC0209ZZ

REAR WHEEL SENSOR E


REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000006714649

BRC
TYPE1, TYPE4

JPFIC0203GB N

1. Rear LH wheel sensor 2. Rear LH wheel sensor harness con-


nector
O
: Vehicle front
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

NOTE: P
Rear RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
TYPE2, TYPE3

BRC-269
WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

JSFIA1000GB

1. Rear LH wheel sensor 2. Rear LH wheel sensor harness con-


nector

: Vehicle front
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

NOTE:
Rear RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006714650

REMOVAL
1. Remove rear wheel sensor from back plate.
CAUTION:
Never rotate or pull rear wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
2. Remove rear wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never twist and never pull rear wheel sensor harness, when removing.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
• Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of rear wheel sensor
mounting hole of back plate and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like iron
powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.

BRC-270
WHEEL SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
• Never twist rear wheel sensor harness when installing rear wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1). A
Check that rear wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installa-
tion.
B

JPFIC0209ZZ

BRC

BRC-271
SENSOR ROTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006714651

CAUTION:
Replace wheel hub and bearing assembly as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor can-
not be disassembled.
REMOVAL
Remove wheel hub and bearing assembly.
• TYPE 2: Refer to FAX-46, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 3: Refer to FAX-90, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Install wheel hub and bearing assembly.
• TYPE 2: Refer to FAX-46, "Removal and Installation".
• TYPE 3: Refer to FAX-90, "Removal and Installation".
REAR SENSOR ROTOR
REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006714652

REMOVAL
1. Remove brake drum. Refer to RAX-6, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove sensor rotor from brake drum. Refer to RAX-7, "Disassembly and Assembly".
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Never reuse sensor rotor.

BRC-272
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006714653

LHD B

BRC

JSFIA0768GB
J
1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bushing
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector
4. Bracket K
A. To master cylinder secondary side B. To master cylinder primary side C. To front LH caliper
D. To rear RH wheel cylinder E To rear LH wheel cylinder F To front RH caliper
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure. L

RHD
M

BRC-273
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]

JSFIA0769GB

1. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. Bushing
trol unit) trol unit) harness connector
4. Bracket
A. To master cylinder secondary side B. To master cylinder primary side C. To front LH caliper
D. To rear RH wheel cylinder E To rear LH wheel cylinder F To front RH caliper
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006714654

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal.
2. Drain brake fluid.
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-57, "Draining".
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-104, "Draining".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-162, "Draining".
3. Remove air cleaner case and air duct. (RHD)
• HR12DE (L-jetronic): Refer to EM-33, "TYPE 1 : Removal and Installation".
• HR12DE (D-jetronic): Refer to EM-34, "TYPE 2 : Removal and Installation".
• HR12DDR: Refer to EM-199, "Removal and Installation".
• HR15DE: Refer to EM-337, "Removal and Installation".
4. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector (1), follow the procedure described below.
a. Push the pawl (A).
b. Move the lever (B) in the direction (C) until locked.
c. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector.
5. Loosen flare nut of brake tube using a flare nut wrench, and then
remove brake tube from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
• TYPE 2: Refer to BR-67, "FRONT : Exploded View". JPFIC0194ZZ

BRC-274
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
• TYPE 3: Refer to BR-115, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• TYPE 4: Refer to BR-173, "FRONT : Exploded View". A
6. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and bracket.
7. Remove bracket and bushing from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
B
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• When replacing with a new ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), never remove the protector of the
brake tube mounting hole until right before the brake tube is installed. C
• When installing brake tube, tighten to the specified torque using a flare nut torque wrench so that flare nut
and brake tube are not damaged.
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-67, "FRONT : Exploded View". D
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-115, "FRONT : Exploded View".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-173, "FRONT : Exploded View".
• Never remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding actuator harness.
• Bleed air from brake piping after installation. E
- TYPE 2: Refer to BR-58, "Bleeding Brake System".
- TYPE 3: Refer to BR-105, "Bleeding Brake System".
- TYPE 4: Refer to BR-163, "Bleeding Brake System". BRC
• Never apply excessive impact to actuator, such as by dropping it.
• After installing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) har-
ness connector, move the lever (A) in the direction (B) to secure
the locking. G

JPFIC0195ZZ

BRC-275
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006714712

REMOVAL
1. Remove spiral cable assembly. Refer to SR-18, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove steering angle sensor.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Perform steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment when steering angle sensor is removed and
installed, or replaced. Refer to BRC-185, "Work Procedure".

BRC-276
VDC (ESP) OFF SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH VDC (ESP)]
VDC (ESP) OFF SWITCH
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006714713

REMOVAL B
1. Remove lower instrument panel. Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove VDC OFF switch.
C
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
D

BRC

BRC-277

You might also like